[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI342310B - Aminothiazoles and their uses - Google Patents

Aminothiazoles and their uses Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI342310B
TWI342310B TW096119338A TW96119338A TWI342310B TW I342310 B TWI342310 B TW I342310B TW 096119338 A TW096119338 A TW 096119338A TW 96119338 A TW96119338 A TW 96119338A TW I342310 B TWI342310 B TW I342310B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
doc
alkyl
quot
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW096119338A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200811189A (en
Inventor
Matthew J Lamarche
Simon Bushell
Michael A Patane
Lewis Whitehead
Original Assignee
Novartis Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=38645676&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=TWI342310(B) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Novartis Ag filed Critical Novartis Ag
Publication of TW200811189A publication Critical patent/TW200811189A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI342310B publication Critical patent/TWI342310B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06139Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/10Anti-acne agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06Dipeptides
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Steroid Compounds (AREA)
  • Agricultural Chemicals And Associated Chemicals (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Material From Animals Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Description

1342310 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本申請案闌述用於治療、預防及/或改善疾病之有機化 合物。 【先前技術】 自發現盤尼西林(penicillin)以來,醫藥公司已生產多種 抗菌劑來對抗各種細菌感染。在過去數年裏,抗該等抗生 素中數種之細菌抗性之出現一直十分迅速。該等細菌病原 • 體中多藥物抗性亦可歸因於導致更具毒性之臨床分離之突 變。或許最令人煩惱的事情係對萬古黴素(vancomycin)產 生抗性’該萬古黴素係一種通常被視為最後採取的用於嚴 重革蘭氏陽性感染之藥劑的抗生素。 對於某些革蘭氏陽性病原體群情況尤其如此,例如葡萄 球菌素(staphylococci)、肺炎雙球菌(pneumococci)及腸球 卤(enterococci)(S. Ewig 事乂,. Antibiotika-Resistenz bei1342310 IX. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field to Which the Invention Is Applicable] The present application describes organic compounds for treating, preventing, and/or ameliorating diseases. [Prior Art] Since the discovery of penicillin, pharmaceutical companies have produced a variety of antibacterial agents to combat various bacterial infections. In the past few years, the emergence of several types of bacterial resistance against these antibiotics has been very rapid. Multidrug resistance in these bacterial pathogens can also be attributed to mutations that lead to more toxic clinical isolates. Perhaps the most annoying thing is resistance to vancomycin, an antibiotic that is generally considered to be the last resort for serious Gram-positive infections. This is especially true for certain Gram-positive pathogens, such as staphylococci, pneumococci, and enterococci (S. Ewig, Antibiotika-Resistenz bei).

Erregern ambulant erworbener Atemwegsinfektionen _ (Antibiotic resistance in pathogens of outpatient-acquired respiratory tract infections); Chemother. J. 2002,11,12- 26,F. Tenover 之 Development and spread of bacterial resistance to antimicrobial agents: an overview; Clin. Infect. Dis,2001 年 9 月 15 日,33增刊 3,108-115)以及葡萄 球菌屬(Staphylococcus)、鏈球菌屬(Streptococcus)、分枝 桿菌屬(Mycobacterium)、腸道球菌(Enterococcus)、棒狀 桿菌(Corynebacterium)、包柔氏螺旋體菌(Borrelia)、芽胞 121012.doc 桿菌屬(Bacillus)、衣原體(Chlamydia)、支原菌 (Mycoplasma)及諸如此類β 同樣嚴重之問題係世界範圍内發現的臨床分離物中更具 毒性的抗甲氧苯盤尼西林(methicillin)金黃色葡萄球菌 (MRS A)之出現逐漸增加。由於具有萬古黴素抗性有機 體’多數MRS A菌株對大多數習知抗生素具有抵抗性,但 MRSA菌株對萬古黴素仍保留敏感性。然而,鑒於關於萬 古黴素抵抗性臨床分離物之報道不斷增多以及細菌抵抗性 不斷出現的問題,業内急需新分子實體來有效抵抗剛出現 及及目前頗具問題之革蘭氏陽性有機體。 該種不斷出現的多藥物抵抗性近來重新燃起了人們對尋 找抑制或殺死該等細菌之新結構種類抗生素的興趣。 【發明内容】 法。業内亦需要Erregern ambulant erworbener Atemwegsinfektionen _ (Antibiotic resistance in pathogens of outpatient-acquired respiratory tract infections); Chemother. J. 2002,11,12-26,F. Tenover's Development and spread of bacterial resistance to antimicrobial agents: an overview; Clin. Infect. Dis, September 15, 2001, 33 Supplement 3, 108-115) and Staphylococcus, Streptococcus, Mycobacterium, Enterococcus, Rod The same serious problems of Corynebacterium, Borrelia, spore 121012. bacillus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma and the like are found worldwide. The more toxic anti-methoxybenzoic acid methicillin Staphylococcus aureus (MRS A) was gradually increased in the isolate. Because of the vancomycin-resistant organisms, most MRS A strains are resistant to most conventional antibiotics, but MRSA strains remain sensitive to vancomycin. However, given the increasing reports of vancomycin-resistant clinical isolates and the continuing problem of bacterial resistance, new molecular entities are urgently needed to effectively counter Gram-positive organisms that have emerged and are currently problematic. This emerging multi-drug resistance has recently rekindled interest in finding new structural antibiotics that inhibit or kill these bacteria. SUMMARY OF INVENTION The industry also needs

Tu活性之方法。 業内仍f要用於細菌感染之新治療及療法 用來治療或預防或改善-或多種細菌感染症 在一態樣中, 本發明提供一種式I之化合物: 121012.doc 1342310Tu activity method. New treatments and therapies in the industry for bacterial infections for treating or preventing or ameliorating - or multiple bacterial infections In one aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula I: 121012.doc 1342310

121012.doc 1342310121012.doc 1342310

仍在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種式III之化合物:In still another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula III:

G—JG-J

III。 在再一態樣中,本發明提供一種式IV之化合物:III. In still another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula IV:

A’A’

121012.doc -9- 1342310121012.doc -9- 1342310

在又一態樣中,本發明提供一種式v之化合物:In yet another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula v:

在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種式VI之化合物In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula VI

R5 〇 在再一態樣中,本發明提供一種式VII之化合物: 121012.doc -10- 1342310R5 〇 In still another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula VII: 121012.doc -10- 1342310

(R(R

在再一態樣中,本發明提供一種In still another aspect, the present invention provides a

121012.doc -11 - VIII。 Ϊ342310 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種治療細菌感染之方法, 其中該治療包括向有其需要之個體投予醫藥上可接受之量 之式I、II、III、IV、V、VI、VII或VIII化合物,以便治療 該細菌感染。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種治療與EF_TU有關之病 況之方法,其中該治療包括向有其需要之個體投予醫藥上 可接受之量之式I、II、ΠΙ、IV、V、VI、VII或VIII化合 物’以便治療與EF-Tu有關之病況。121012.doc -11 - VIII. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection, wherein the treatment comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, Compound VII or VIII to treat the bacterial infection. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a condition associated with EF_TU, wherein the treatment comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of Formula I, II, ΠΙ, IV, V, Compound VI, VII or VIII' for the treatment of conditions associated with EF-Tu.

仍在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種在有其需要之個體中 治療、抑制或預防EF-Tu活性之方法,該方法包括向個體 投予醫藥上可接受之量之式I、Π、In、IV、V、VI、VII 或VIII化合物。在一實施例中,治療有其需要之個體之細 菌感染。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種在有其需要之個體中治 療、抑制或預防細菌活性之方法,該方法包括向個體投予 醫藥上可接受之量之、π、ΠΙ、IV、V、VI、VII或VIII 化合物,其中該化合物與細菌生命週期中任一靶相互作 用。在一實施例中’該靶係EF-Tu。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種治療個體細菌感染之方 法,其中該治療包括向有其需要之個體投予醫藥上可接受 之量之式I、II、III、IV、V、VI、VII或VIII化合物及醫藥 上可接受之載劑,以便治療該細菌感染。 仍在另態樣中’本發明提供一種治療細菌感染之方 法,其中該治療包括向有其需要之個體投予與醫藥上有效 121012.doc .12· 1342310 里的其他治療劑組合之醫藥上有效量之式i、π、ΠΙ、Iv、 v VI、VII或VIII化合物,以便治療該細菌感染。在一實 施例中,式I、II、ΠΙ、IV、V、VI、νπ或VIII化合物及其 他醫藥藥劑係作為同一醫藥組合物之部分投予。在另一實 施例中’式I、π、Ιπ、Ιν、V、VI、VII或VIII化合物及其 他治療劑係作為分開醫藥組合物投予,且該化合物係在該 其他藥劑投予之前、與此同時或其後投予。 在另一態樣中’本發明提供一種包裝細菌感染治療藥 品,其由與關於使用有效量該化合物治療細菌感染之說明書 包裝在一起的式I ' π、ΠΙ、IV、V、VI、VII或VIII構成。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種在有其需要之個體中治 療座瘡之方法,其中該治療包括向個體投予醫藥上可接受 之量之式I、II、III、IV、V、VI、VII 或 VIII化合物。 仍在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種醫藥組合物,其包括 式I、II、III、IV、v、VI、Vn4VIII化合物及至少一醫藥 上可接受之載劑或稀釋劑。 【實施方式】 本發明係關於諸如含硫肽化合物之化合物及其中間體以 及包含該化合物用於治療細菌感染之醫藥組合物。本發明 亦係關於作為延長因子EF_TU之調節劑之本發明化合物或 其組合物。該等化合物具體而言係用於干擾細菌的生命週 期並用來治療或預防細菌感染或與其有關之生理狀況。本 發明亦係關於使用本發明化合物或其醫藥組合物或套組來 抑制細胞中EF-Tu活性或來治療或預防患者細菌感染之組 121012.doc 13 !34231〇In still another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, inhibiting or preventing EF-Tu activity in an individual in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the individual a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of Formula I, hydrazine, a compound of In, IV, V, VI, VII or VIII. In one embodiment, the bacterial infection of an individual in need thereof is treated. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, inhibiting or preventing bacterial activity in an individual in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the individual a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of π, ΠΙ, IV, V A compound of formula VI, VII or VIII wherein the compound interacts with any target in the bacterial life cycle. In one embodiment, the target line EF-Tu. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection in an individual, wherein the treatment comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, VI, A compound of VII or VIII and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for treating the bacterial infection. Still in another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a bacterial infection, wherein the treatment comprises administering to a subject in need thereof a pharmaceutically effective combination with other therapeutic agents in a pharmaceutically effective 121012.doc.12·1342310 A compound of the formula i, π, ΠΙ, Iv, v VI, VII or VIII is administered to treat the bacterial infection. In one embodiment, a compound of formula I, II, ΠΙ, IV, V, VI, νπ or VIII and other pharmaceutical agents are administered as part of the same pharmaceutical composition. In another embodiment, a compound of formula I, π, Ιπ, Ιν, V, VI, VII or VIII and other therapeutic agents are administered as separate pharmaceutical compositions, and the compound is administered prior to administration of the other agent, At the same time or later. In another aspect, the invention provides a packaged bacterial infection therapeutic drug packaged by Formula I π, ΠΙ, IV, V, VI, VII, or together with instructions for the use of an effective amount of the compound to treat a bacterial infection. VIII constitutes. In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating acne in an individual in need thereof, wherein the treatment comprises administering to the individual a pharmaceutically acceptable amount of Formula I, II, III, IV, V, Compound VI, VII or VIII. In still another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formulas I, II, III, IV, v, VI, Vn4VIII and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. [Embodiment] The present invention relates to a compound such as a sulfur-containing peptide compound and an intermediate thereof, and a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same for treating a bacterial infection. The invention also relates to a compound of the invention or a composition thereof as a modulator of the elongation factor EF_TU. These compounds are specifically used to interfere with the life cycle of the bacteria and to treat or prevent bacterial infections or physiological conditions associated therewith. The present invention also relates to a group for inhibiting EF-Tu activity in a cell or treating or preventing bacterial infection in a patient using the compound of the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition or kit thereof. 121012.doc 13 !34231〇

合治療的方法。 在一態樣中,本發明提供式I之化合物:The method of treatment. In one aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula I:

及其醫藥上可接受之鹽、對映異構體、立體異構體、旋 轉異構體、互變異構體、非對映異構體、限制構型異構體 或外消旋體,包括其吡啶N-氧化物; 其中 A係選自由下列組成之群:鍵結、Η、-(CH2)-、-C(烷 基)2-、-(CHJn、-[C(烷基、-(環烷基)-、-(芳基)-、-(雜芳 S)-、-C(0)-、-C(0)C(0)-、-C(0)0-、-C(0)N(R8a)-、-S(0)2-、-S(0)-、-S(0)2N(R8a)-、-S(0)N(R8a)-、-C(=NR8)N(R8a)-、-C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)-、-C(=NR8)-、-C=C-C(0)-、-C = C-C(0)〇- ' -C=C-C(0)N(R8a)-; 121012.doc -14· 1342310 G不存在、或選自由下列組成之群:H、 [C(R )(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- ' -tc(Ra)(Rb)]x-N(R8a)- [C(Ra)(Rb)]y-、·(環烷基)_、-(雜環-(芳基雜芳基; J係選自由下列組成之群:Η、F、〇·烷基、N(R8a)2、 N+(R8a)3、N(R8a)C(0)烧基、C02H、C(=〇)N(R8a)2、C〇2_ 燒基、P(〇)(〇H)2、p(〇)(〇-烷基h及經取代之含氮雜環; ^係選自由下列組成之群:Η、烷基、f、C〇2H、C(v 炫基、-N(R!)2、-OR1、-(CH2)〇-4-J及-R4b ;And pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, diastereomers, constrained isomers or racemates thereof, including Its pyridine N-oxide; wherein A is selected from the group consisting of: bond, hydrazine, -(CH2)-, -C(alkyl)2-, -(CHJn, -[C(alkyl, -( Cycloalkyl)-, -(aryl)-, -(heteroaryl S)-, -C(0)-, -C(0)C(0)-, -C(0)0-, -C( 0) N(R8a)-, -S(0)2-, -S(0)-, -S(0)2N(R8a)-, -S(0)N(R8a)-, -C(=NR8 N(R8a)-, -C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)-, -C(=NR8)-, -C=CC(0)-, -C = CC(0)〇- ' -C=CC(0)N(R8a)-; 121012.doc -14· 1342310 G does not exist, or is selected from the group consisting of: H, [C(R)(Rb)]x-〇-[C( Ra)(Rb)]y- '-tc(Ra)(Rb)]xN(R8a)- [C(Ra)(Rb)]y-,·(cycloalkyl)_,-(heterocyclic-(aryl) Heteroaryl; J is selected from the group consisting of Η, F, 〇·alkyl, N(R8a) 2, N+(R8a)3, N(R8a)C(0) alkyl, C02H, C ( =〇)N(R8a)2, C〇2_ alkyl, P(〇)(〇H)2, p(〇)(〇-alkylh and substituted nitrogen-containing heterocycle; ^ is selected from the following composition Group: Η, alkyl, f, C〇2H , C (v 炫 base, -N (R!) 2, -OR1, -(CH2) 〇-4-J and -R4b;

Rb係選自由H、烷基及F組成之群; χ及y各自獨立係介於0-10之間之整數; R1係選自-H、-C(烷基)2-J、-R4b ; R2a係選自由下列組成之群:Η、經取代或未經取代之烷 基、OH、OR4a、〇C(0)R4a、0C(0)N(R8a)2及N(R8a)2 · R2b係選自由不存在、Η及烷基組成之群,或者RZa與 可一起形成=〇或=NH ; R3及R12各自獨立地選自由下列組成之群:Η、南素 〇R4b、-G-J及 N(R8a)2 ; 1143係選自由Η及烷基組成之群; R4b係選自由烷基及_(CH2-CH2-〇-)n_R9組成之群,其中 係等於卜60,000或對其求平均之整數,例如15⑽、 1,000、2,000、3,000、4,000、5,〇〇〇、1〇 〇〇〇、2〇 〇⑽ 30,000 ' 40,000 ^ 50,000 ^ 60,000 ; R5係選自由Η、烷基及R4b組成之群; R8係選自由下列組成之群:Η、CN、N〇2、燒基、環p 121012.doc -15- 1342310 基及so2-烷基; R不存在,或 4b 、自由H、-(院基)_、_(環烷基)-、C(烷 基)2-J、-R4bM成夕热 ^ 群,其中R8a亦可與ru與之鍵結之原子 環化以形成芳香族哎非笔 4非方香族且可包含一或多個雜原子之 3、4、5、6或7員環,其_該環可進一步經相同或不同取 代基取代一或多次;且 R9係選自由Η、烷基及ch2C02H組成之群。Rb is selected from the group consisting of H, alkyl and F; χ and y are each independently an integer between 0 and 10; R1 is selected from -H, -C(alkyl)2-J, -R4b; R2a is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, OH, OR4a, 〇C(0)R4a, 0C(0)N(R8a)2, and N(R8a)2 · R2b The group consisting of a non-existent, anthracene and an alkyl group is selected, or RZa and may be formed together = 〇 or =NH; R3 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, ruthenium ruthenium R4b, -GJ and N ( R8a) 2 ; 1143 is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium and alkyl; R4b is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and _(CH2-CH2-〇-)n_R9, wherein the ratio is equal to or greater than 60,000. For example, 15 (10), 1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5, 〇〇〇, 1 〇〇〇〇, 2 〇〇 (10) 30,000 ' 40,000 ^ 50,000 ^ 60,000; R5 is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, alkyl and R4b R8 is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, CN, N〇2, alkyl, ring p 121012.doc -15- 1342310 base and so2-alkyl; R does not exist, or 4b, free H, - (院Base)_, _(cycloalkyl)-, C(alkyl)2-J, -R4bM Wherein R 8a may also be cyclized with an atom to which ru is bonded to form an aromatic, non-pen 4 non-fragrance group and may comprise a 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring of one or more heteroatoms, The ring may be further substituted one or more times with the same or different substituents; and R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl and ch2C02H.

在式I之一實施例中,R2b、R4b及R5係Η,且尺“係CH3。 在式I之另一實施例中,R2b、R4b及R5係Η,R4V^、Ch3,且 R12係 CH2_〇_CH3。 在另一實施例中,式I係由式11化合物: 广ίIn one embodiment of Formula I, R2b, R4b, and R5 are Η and the ruler is "CH3." In another embodiment of Formula I, R2b, R4b, and R5 are Η, R4V^, Ch3, and R12 are CH2 _〇_CH3. In another embodiment, Formula I is a compound of Formula 11:

121012.doc121012.doc

N—AN-A

II •16- 1342310 及其醫藥上可接受之鹽表示> 在另一態樣中,本發明提供—種式Ιπ之化合物:II • 16-1342310 and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts are indicated > In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of the formula Ιπ:

R3、 CO Η C κιR3, CO Η C κι

、立體異構體、旋 、限制構型異構體 及其醫藥上可接受之鹽、對映異辑體 轉異構體、互變異構體、非對映異辑體 或外消旋體,包括其他啶Ν-氡化物; 其中 R2a > R2b > r3 ' R4a ' R4b ' R5 > R>2 、A、G及J皆具有針 對式1所述之含義, 且環L係選自由環烷基、雜環、笔* 冷基及雜芳基組成之 群,其所有皆 < 進—步視情況經-j取代 在式II[之〆實施例中,R2b D 4b 及R5係Η,且11“係 121012.doc •17· 1342310 CH3 在式III之另一實施例中,R2b、R4b&R5係Η,尺“係 ch3,且 R12係 CH2-0-CH3。 在另一實施例中,式III係由式IV化合物:, stereoisomers, spins, restriction configuration isomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, enantiomeric isomers, tautomers, diastereomeric or racemic forms, Including other pyridinium-tellurides; wherein R2a > R2b > r3 ' R4a ' R4b ' R5 > R > 2 , A, G and J have the meanings described for formula 1, and ring L is selected from the ring a group consisting of an alkyl group, a heterocyclic ring, a pen* cold group and a heteroaryl group, all of which are substituted by the -j in the case of the formula II, in which the R2b D 4b and the R5 system are And 11 "System 121012.doc • 17· 1342310 CH3 In another embodiment of Formula III, R2b, R4b & R5 are Η, the ruler is "ch3, and R12 is CH2-0-CH3. In another embodiment, Formula III is a compound of Formula IV:

及其醫藥上可接受之鹽表示 其中環L、A、G及J皆具有針對式ΙΠ所述之含義。 在另一態樣中,本發明提供一種式V之化合物: 121012.doc •18· 11342310 R1 ΓΛAnd pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein the rings L, A, G and J all have the meanings indicated for the formula. In another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula V: 121012.doc • 18· 11342310 R1 ΓΛ

\ r N—A,g〜j\ r N—A, g~j

其中A-G-J係Rla ;Among them, A-G-J is Rla;

其中R1、1113及1123各自獨立地選自由下列組成之群: H'經取代或未經取代之烷基、烧基·芳基、雜烧基、雜環 基、雜芳基、芳基-雜芳基、烷基·雜芳基、環烷基、貌氧 基、烷基-芳氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、雜環氧基 '環院 氧基、胺基、烷基胺基、芳基胺基、烷基-芳基胺基、芳 基胺基、雜芳基胺基、環烷基胺基、羧基烷基胺基、芳基 院氧基及雜環基胺基;其所有皆可進一步獨立地經Z1及z2 取代一或多次;其中係烷基、烯基、炔基、環烷基、環 炫基-炫基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基芳基、芳 基烧基、芳基雜芳基、雜芳基、雜環基胺基、烷基雜芳基 121012.doc •19- 1342310 或雜芳基烷基;其中z1可獨立地經一或多個可相同或不同 且獨立經選擇之Z2部分取代;其中z2係羥基、烷基、芳 基、烷氧基、芳氧基、硫、烷硫基、芳硫基、胺基、烷基Wherein R1, 1113 and 1123 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: H' substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkyl aryl, heteroalkyl, heterocyclyl, heteroaryl, aryl-hetero Aryl, alkyl.heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, morphoxy, alkyl-aryloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclooxy'cyclo- alkoxy, amine, alkylamine Alkyl, arylamino, alkyl-arylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, cycloalkylamino, carboxyalkylamino, aryloxy and heterocyclylamino; All of them may be further independently substituted one or more times by Z1 and z2; wherein are alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cyclod-heptyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aryl Alkyl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, arylheteroaryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclylamino, alkylheteroaryl 121012.doc •19- 1342310 or heteroarylalkyl; wherein z1 is Independently substituted by one or more Z2 moieties which may be the same or different and independently selected; wherein z2 is a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a sulfur, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an amine Base

胺基、芳基胺基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、烷基磺醯胺 基、芳基磺醯胺基、羧基、烷氡羰基、曱醯胺基、烷氧基 羰基胺基、烷氧基羰基氧基、烷基脲基、芳基脲基、齒 素'氰基、酮、酯或硝基;其中該烷基、烷氧基及芳基之 每一個可未經取代或視情況獨立地經一或多個可相同或不 同且獨立地選自下列之部分取代:烷基、烯基、炔基、環 烷基、環烷基-烷基、雜環基、雜環基烷基、芳基、烷基 芳基、芳基烧基、芳基雜芳基、雜芳基、雜環基胺基、院 基雜芳基及雜芳基烷基; 或者R1與Rh可一起形成芳香族或非芳香族且可包含一 或多個雜原子之3、4、5、6或7員環,其中該環可進—步 經相同或不同的取代基取代一或多次。Amino, arylamine, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonylamino, arylsulfonylamino, carboxyl, alkanecarbonyl, decylamino, alkoxycarbonylamine Alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylureido, arylureido, dentate 'cyano, ketone, ester or nitro; wherein each of the alkyl, alkoxy and aryl groups may be unsubstituted Or, as the case may be, independently substituted by one or more moieties which may be the same or different and independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocycle Alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, arylheteroaryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclylamino, polyheteroaryl and heteroarylalkyl; or R1 and Rh The 3, 4, 5, 6 or 7 membered ring which is aromatic or non-aromatic and which may comprise one or more heteroatoms, wherein the ring may be substituted one or more times with the same or different substituents.

在式V之一實施例中’ 1^23係。 在本發明化合物之另-實施例中,…仙或叫,且A· G-J—起形成Η,或一起形成選自ώ 坻目由下列組成之群之官能基 團:In one embodiment of Formula V, the '1^23 series. In another embodiment of the compounds of the invention, ... or singular, and A.G-J, to form hydrazine, or together form a functional group selected from the group consisting of:

121012.doc -20- 1342310121012.doc -20- 1342310

121012.doc -21 - 1342310121012.doc -21 - 1342310

12l012.doc -22- 134231012l012.doc -22- 1342310

在本發明化合物之另一實施例中,R1係Η,且Α-G-J—起 A^r13 形成選自由下列組成之群之官能基團:〇 , 〇 ,In another embodiment of the compounds of the present invention, R1 is hydrazine, and Α-G-J-A^r13 forms a functional group selected from the group consisting of 〇, 〇,

〇 , 〇 ,〇 , 〇 , 〇 , 〇〇 , 〇 , 〇 , 〇 , 〇 , 〇

〇 及 〇 其中R13係選自由氫、羥基甲基及胺基曱基組成之群或 者選自由下歹|j組成之群:〇 and 〇 wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxymethyl and amine sulfhydryl groups or is selected from the group consisting of 歹|j:

121012.doc -23- 1342310121012.doc -23- 1342310

121012.doc -24- 1342310121012.doc -24- 1342310

之整數:1-500、l,〇〇〇、2,000、3,000、4,〇〇〇、5,〇〇〇、 10,000、20,000、30,〇〇〇、4〇,〇〇〇、50,000 ' 6〇,〇〇〇。 在式I或III之另一實施例中,核心吡啶官能團係下式N 氧化物:Integer: 1-500, l, 〇〇〇, 2,000, 3,000, 4, 〇〇〇, 5, 〇〇〇, 10,000, 20,000, 30, 〇〇〇, 4 〇, 〇〇〇, 50,000 '6〇 , hehe. In another embodiment of Formula I or III, the core pyridine functional group is an N-oxide of the formula:

在本發明化合物之一實施例中,當J不為F時,J係鍵結 至Ο或N。在另一實施例中,當Rb不為F時,Ra係_(Rl)2。 式I、II、III、IV及V(包括其醫藥上可接受之鹽以及其 對映異構體、立體異構體、旋轉異構體、互變異構體、非 對映異構體、限制構型異構體或外消旋體,包括其N_D比 啶-氧化物)之較佳實施例示於下表A及表B中,且亦視為”本 發明化合物〜本文中本發明化合物亦稱為,,抗生素"及”ef_ Tu抑制劑"。 在再一態樣中,本發明提供一種式¥1之化合物: 121012.doc -25- 1342310In one embodiment of the compounds of the invention, when J is not F, the J series is bonded to hydrazine or N. In another embodiment, when Rb is not F, Ra is _(Rl)2. Formulas I, II, III, IV and V (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, as well as enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, diastereomers, limitations thereof) Preferred embodiments of the configuration isomers or racemates, including the N-D specific pyridine-oxides thereof, are shown in Tables A and B below, and are also considered to be "the compounds of the invention - the compounds of the invention herein also referred to For, antibiotics " and "ef_ Tu inhibitors". In still another aspect, the present invention provides a compound of the formula: 01012.doc -25- 1342310

VI 及其醫藥上可接受之鹽、對映異構體、立體異構體、旋 轉異構體、互變異構體、非對映異構體、限制構型異構體 或外消旋體,包括其吡啶N-氧化物; 其中VI and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, diastereomers, constrained isomers or racemates, Including its pyridine N-oxide;

R係選自由NCR、、_(雜芳基 組成之群; Α係一鍵結或選自由下列組成 、_c : -C(0)- ' -c(〇)C(〇)- C〇)0- > -C(〇)N(R8a)- ^ -S(〇), _ 、-S(〇)N(R“、 8 r)2、,〇)-、-s(〇)2n(r, •C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)- 、川(r )-、-c(=nr8)n(r8、 0 、-C(=Nr8)'、-C=C-C(0)-、p C(0)N(R8”· ; 'C==c-C(0)0-、-C=c 群:_[C(Ra)(Rb)] G不存在、選自由下列組成之 12I012.doc -26· 1342310 ' -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- > -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x- 〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-及-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x_N(R8aHC(Ra)(Rb)]y·,或者 選自由下列組成之群:環烷基)_、_(雜環)_、_(芳基)_及_ (雜芳基)-,其每一個皆具有〇_4個取代基; Q不存在、選自由下列組成之群:_c(〇)_[c(Ra)(Rb)]x· 、-C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-、_C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y•及 _c(0)-{N(R8a)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y}p- ,或者選自由下列組成之群:·(環烷基)·、_(雜環)_、_(芳 基)-、-(雜芳基)·、-C(0)-(環烷基)_、_(:(0)-(雜環)-、-C(O)- (芳基)-及-C(0)-(雜芳基)_,其每一個皆具有〇_4個取代 基; J係選自由下列組成之群:Η、Cw烷基、鹵素、Cm烷 氧基、經基、胺基、單-及二_Cl4烷基胺基、三Cl.4烷基 錢、烷基、c〇2H、C(=0)N(R8a)2、 CH2C02H、CH2C(=0)N(R8a)2、cOz-Cw烷基、C(0)Cn4 烷 基、p(o)(oh)2、p(〇)(〇_Cl 4烧基)2、c。4伸烷基環烷基) 及C。·4伸院基-(雜環),該雜環可經取代〇_4次; 1^係選自由下列組成之群:Η、烷基、F、C02H、C02-烷基、-N(R丨)2、-〇R丨、-(CH2)〇 “及氺朴; R係選自由Η、烧基及ρ組成之群; ρ為0、1、2或 3; X及y每次出現時各自皆獨立地選自介於丨_ i 〇之間之整 數; R1每次出現時皆獨立地選自_H、經;取代之烷基及 12I012.doc •27- 1342310 R2係氫、cN6烷基、羥基Cl_6烷基、Ci6烷氧基^^烷 基、C3·7環烷基CG·4烷基、芳基cG_4烷基或下式之殘基: R3R is selected from the group consisting of NCR, _ (heteroaryl group; lanthanide-bonded or selected from the group consisting of _c: -C(0)-'-c(〇)C(〇)-C〇)0 - > -C(〇)N(R8a)- ^ -S(〇), _ , -S(〇)N(R", 8 r)2, 〇)-, -s(〇)2n(r , • C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)-, Sichuan(r)-, -c(=nr8)n(r8, 0, -C(=Nr8)', -C=CC(0) -, p C(0)N(R8"· ; 'C==cC(0)0-, -C=c Group: _[C(Ra)(Rb)] G does not exist, is selected from the following 12I012 .doc -26· 1342310 ' -[C(Ra)(Rb)]xC(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- > -[C(Ra)(Rb)] X- 〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- and -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x_N(R8aHC(Ra)(Rb)]y·, or a group selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl _, _ (heterocyclic) _, _ (aryl) _ and _ (heteroaryl)-, each of which has 〇 4 substituents; Q does not exist, is selected from the group consisting of: _c ( 〇)_[c(Ra)(Rb)]x· , -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]xC(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y -, _C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y• and _c(0)-{N(R8a)-[C(Ra)( Rb)]y}p- , or selected from the group consisting of: (cycloalkyl)·, _(heterocyclic)_, _(aryl)-, -(heteroaryl)·, -C(0 )-(cycloalkyl _, _(:(0)-(heterocyclic)-, -C(O)-(aryl)- and -C(0)-(heteroaryl)_, each of which has 〇_4 substitutions The group J is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, Cw alkyl, halogen, Cm alkoxy, thiol, amine, mono- and bis-Cl4 alkylamino, tri-Cl.4 alkyl, alkane Base, c〇2H, C(=0)N(R8a)2, CH2C02H, CH2C(=0)N(R8a)2, cOz-Cw alkyl, C(0)Cn4 alkyl, p(o)(oh 2, p (〇) (〇_Cl 4 alkyl) 2, c. 4 alkylalkylcycloalkyl) and C. 4 extension of the base - (heterocyclic), the heterocyclic ring can be substituted 〇 _ 4 1; is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, F, C02H, C02-alkyl, -N(R丨)2, -〇R丨, -(CH2)〇" and simple; R Is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, ruthenium and ρ; ρ is 0, 1, 2 or 3; each occurrence of X and y is independently selected from an integer between 丨 _ i ;; R1 each time When present, they are independently selected from _H, via; substituted alkyl and 12I012.doc • 27-1342310 R2 hydrogen, cN6 alkyl, hydroxyCl-6 alkyl, Ci6 alkoxy, alkyl C3-7 Alkyl CG.4 alkyl, aryl cG_4 alkyl or a residue of the formula: R3

r3 r3 尺“係選自由下列組成之群:H、6烷基、〇H、〇R4a、 〇C(〇)R4a、〇C(0)N(R8a)2及 N(R8a)2 ;The r3 r3 ruler "is selected from the group consisting of H, 6 alkyl, 〇H, 〇R4a, 〇C(〇)R4a, 〇C(0)N(R8a)2 and N(R8a)2;

R2bSH或C,·6烷基,或者尺“與尺以組合在一起形成氧代 或亞胺基基團; R3及R12各自獨立地選自由下列組成之群:H、鹵素 OR4b、-G-J及 N(R8a)2 ; 尺“係選自由Η及炫基組成之群; 尺415係選自由烷基及-(CH2-CH2-〇_)n_R9組成之群,其中们 係下列之整數:1-500、1,000、2,_、3 〇〇〇、4 〇〇〇、R2bSH or C,·6 alkyl, or a ruler "in combination with a ruler to form an oxo or imido group; R3 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, halogen OR4b, -GJ and N (R8a) 2 ; The ruler "selected from the group consisting of ruthenium and glaze; the ruler 415 is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and -(CH2-CH2-〇_)n_R9, wherein the following integers are: 1-500 , 1,000, 2, _, 3 〇〇〇, 4 〇〇〇,

5,000、10,000、20,_、3〇,_、4〇,_ ' 5〇,_ 或 60,000,或者係數個如下數值之整數之平均值:㈧、 1,000、2,000、3,_、4,〇〇〇、5 〇〇〇、1〇 〇〇〇、2〇,咖、 30,000 ' 40,000 - 50,000^60,000 ; R5係選自由Η、烷基及組成之群; R8係選自由下列組成之群:H、CN、n〇2、Cw烷基、 (:3.7環烷基及 so2-Ci.6 烷基; 、5,000, 10,000, 20, _, 3 〇, _, 4 〇, _ ' 5 〇, _ or 60,000, or an average of the integers of the following values: (eight), 1,000, 2,000, 3, _, 4, 〇〇〇, 5 〇〇〇, 1 〇〇〇〇, 2 〇, coffee, 30,000 '40,000 - 50,000^60,000; R5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl and; R8 is selected from the group consisting of: H, CN, n〇2, Cw alkyl, (: 3.7 cycloalkyl and so2-Ci.6 alkyl;

Ra不存在、或選自由下列組成之群:H、k燒基、C 環炫基、經I取代之C丨禮基及Rn,或者兩個心殘基組= 121012.doc -28- 1342310 在一起可形成具有3至7個環原子之飽和、不飽和或芳香族 環,該環可經取代〇_4次;且 R9係選自由Η、烷基及CH2C02H組成之群。 式VI之某些化合物包括其中R2係下式殘基之彼等化合 物:Ra is absent or selected from the group consisting of H, k alkyl, C ring cyclyl, I substituted C 丨 及 and Rn, or two cardiac groups = 121012.doc -28- 1342310 Together, a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring having 3 to 7 ring atoms may be formed, the ring may be substituted 〇4 times; and R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl and CH2C02H. Certain compounds of formula VI include those compounds wherein R2 is a residue of the formula:

尺23係選自由下列組成之群:Η、C丨-6烷基、OH、〇r“、 0C(0)R4a、〇C(〇)N(R8a)2及 N(R8a)2 ;且 R係H或Ci_6烧基,或者與R2b組合在一起形成氧代 或亞胺基基團。 式VI之其他化合物包括其中R2b、尺❹及Rs係η、且R“係 CH3之彼等化合物。式VI之某些其他化合物包括其中R2b、 R4lR5係Η、r4^ch3、且 R12係 CH2-0-CH3之彼等化合 • 物。式VI之其他化合物包括其中R21〇H或OAC且R2b#H 之化合物。式VI之再其他化合物包括其中A係c(0)、 C(0)0或C(0)NH、G係C4-7環烷基、Q不存在、且KfC〇2H 或CC^Ci·4烧基之彼等化合物。 式VI之其他化合物包括其中r#n(r1)_ag_qj、 且A-G-Q-J—起形成η或一起形成選自由下列組成之群之官 能基團之彼等化合物: 121012.doc •29- 1342310Ruler 23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, C丨-6 alkyl, OH, 〇r", 0C(0)R4a, 〇C(〇)N(R8a)2 and N(R8a)2; and R H or a Ci_6 alkyl group, or combined with R2b to form an oxo or imido group. Other compounds of formula VI include those wherein R2b, ruthenium and Rs are η, and R is "CH3". Certain other compounds of formula VI include those in which R2b, R4lR5, r, r4^ch3, and R12 are CH2-0-CH3. Other compounds of formula VI include those wherein R21〇H or OAC and R2b#H. Still other compounds of formula VI include wherein A is c(0), C(0)0 or C(0)NH, G is C4-7 cycloalkyl, Q is absent, and KfC〇2H or CC^Ci·4 The compounds of the base. Other compounds of formula VI include those wherein r#n(r1)_ag_qj, and A-G-Q-J form η or together form a functional group selected from the group consisting of: 121012.doc •29- 1342310

13423101342310

121012.doc •31 1342310121012.doc •31 1342310

Η且Α-G-Q-J—起形成選自由下列組成之群之官能基團之彼And Α-G-Q-J forms a functional group selected from the group consisting of

^Y〇、r13 人 f八 R13 等化合物: ο , 〇 , 〇 , ΰ ,^Y〇, r13 person f eight R13 and other compounds: ο , 〇 , 〇 , ΰ ,

其中R13係選自由氫、羥基甲基及胺基甲基組成之群或 選自由下列組成之群:Wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxymethyl and aminomethyl groups or a group selected from the group consisting of:

-32· 121012.doc i 1342310-32·121012.doc i 1342310

121012.doc -33- 1342310121012.doc -33- 1342310

η係下歹丨】之整數:1-500 ' 1,000、2,000、3,000、4,000、 5,000、10,000、20,000、30,000 ' 40,000、50,000 或 60,000,或者係數個如下數值之整數之平均值:1-500、 1.000 > 2,000 > 3,000 ' 4,000 ' 5,000 ^ 10,000 ' 20,000 ' 30.000 ' 40,000 ' 50,000^ 60,000 -Integer of η 歹丨]: 1-500 '1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000 '40,000, 50,000 or 60,000, or an average of the integers of the following values: 1-500, 1.000 > 2,000 > 3,000 ' 4,000 ' 5,000 ^ 10,000 ' 20,000 ' 30.000 ' 40,000 ' 50,000^ 60,000 -

式VI之某些較佳化合物包括(但不限於)式VII之化合物: 121012.doc 34- 1342310Certain preferred compounds of formula VI include, but are not limited to, compounds of formula VII: 121012.doc 34- 1342310

及其醫藥上可接受之鹽。 仍在另一態樣中,本發明提供式VIII之化合物:And pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. In still another aspect, the invention provides a compound of formula VIII:

A-G-Q-JA-G-Q-J

VIII 121012.doc -35- 及其醫藥上可接受之鹽、對映異構體、立體異構體、旋 轉異構體、互變異構體、非對映異構體、限制構型異構體 或外消旋體’包括其《I比啶N-氧化物; 其中VIII 121012.doc -35- and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, diastereomers, constrained conformers Or a racemate' includes its "I-pyridyl N-oxide;

係具有0-2個其他環雜原子且經_a_g_q_j殘基及〇_ 4個其他取代基取代之4_7員雜芳基環; A係一鍵結或選自由下列組成 、-C(0)0-、_c(0)N(R8a)-、-S(0)2-、-S(0)-、-S(0)2N(R8a)-、-S(0)N(R8a)_、_c(=NR8)N(R8a)-、·〇:(=ΝΙ18)Ν(ί183)(:(0)-、-C(=NR8)-、-〇C-C(0)-、-C = C-C(0)0-、-C = C-C(0)N(R8a).; G不存在、選自由下列組成之群:_[C(Ra)(Rb)]x_、 -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- . -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-0-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-及-[c(Ra)(Rb)]x-N(R8a)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-,或者選 自由下列組成之群:-(環烷基)-、·(雜環)_、_(芳基)_及-(雜 芳基)-’其每一個皆具有0-4個取代基; Q不存在、選自由下列組成之群:-C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-' -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- ' -C(O)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-及-C(0)-{N(R8a)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y}p-,或者選自由下列組成之群:-(環烷基)-、-(雜環)-、·(芳 基)-、-(雜芳基)-、-C(0)-(環烷基)-、-C(0)-(雜環)-、-C(O)-(芳基)-及-C(0)-(雜芳基)-,其每一個皆具有0-4個取代 基; 121012.doc -36- 1342310 J係選自由下列組成之群:H、Cm烷基、鹵素、Ci 4烷 氧基、羥基、胺基、單-及二_Ci 4烷基胺基、三c, 4烷基 銨、NCR'C^COCw 烷基、c〇2H、c(=〇)N(R8a)2、 CH2C02H、CH2C(=〇)N(R8a)2、c〇2_Ci 4烧基、c(〇)Ci 4烷 基、P(0)(0H)2、P(〇)(0_Ci 4 烷基)2、伸烷基·(環烷基) 及C〇·4伸烧基-(雜環),該雜環可經取代〇_4次; 1^係選自由下列組成之群:H、烷基、F、C02H、C〇2-烷基、-N(Ri)2、-OR丨、_(CH2)。“及 ^^ ; R係選自由Η、烧基及ρ組成之群; p為 0、1、2或 3 ; X及y每次出現時各自皆獨立地選自介於〇_丨〇之間之整 數; R1每次出現時皆獨立地選自-H、經j取代之烷基及_R4b。 R2係氫、Cw烷基 '羥基Ci 6烷基' Cl 6烷氧基Cq_6烷 基、C3-7環烷基CQ-4烷基、芳基cG_4烷基或下式之殘基: R3 R3Is a 4-7 membered heteroaryl ring having 0-2 other ring heteroatoms and substituted with _a_g_q_j residues and 〇_ 4 other substituents; A is a linkage or is selected from the group consisting of -C(0)0 -, _c(0)N(R8a)-, -S(0)2-, -S(0)-, -S(0)2N(R8a)-, -S(0)N(R8a)_, _c (=NR8)N(R8a)-,·〇:(=ΝΙ18)Ν(ί183)(:(0)-, -C(=NR8)-, -〇CC(0)-, -C = CC(0 ) 0-, -C = CC(0)N(R8a).; G does not exist, is selected from the group consisting of: _[C(Ra)(Rb)]x_, -[C(Ra)(Rb)] xC(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- . -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-0-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-and-[ c(Ra)(Rb)]xN(R8a)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-, or a group selected from the group consisting of: -(cycloalkyl)-, (heterocyclic)_, _( Aryl)- and -(heteroaryl)-' each having 0-4 substituents; Q absent, selected from the group consisting of: -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb) ]x-' -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]xC(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- ' -C(O)-[C( Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- and -C(0)-{N(R8a)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y}p-, or Free group of the following: -(cycloalkyl)-, -(heterocyclic)-, (aryl)-, -(heteroaryl)-, -C(0)-(cycloalkyl)-,- C(0)-(heterocyclic)-, -C(O)- (aryl)- and -C(0)-(heteroaryl)-, each having 0-4 substituents; 121012.doc -36- 1342310 J is selected from the group consisting of H, Cm Alkyl, halogen, Ci 4 alkoxy, hydroxy, amine, mono- and di-Ci 4 alkylamino, tri-c, 4 alkyl ammonium, NCR'C^COCw alkyl, c〇2H, c ( =〇)N(R8a)2, CH2C02H, CH2C(=〇)N(R8a)2, c〇2_Ci 4 alkyl, c(〇)Ci 4 alkyl, P(0)(0H)2, P(〇 (0_Ci 4 alkyl) 2, alkyl (cycloalkyl) and C 〇 4 alkyl (heterocyclic), the heterocyclic ring may be substituted 〇 4 times; 1 ^ is selected from the following composition Group: H, alkyl, F, C02H, C〇2-alkyl, -N(Ri)2, -OR丨, _(CH2). "And ^^ ; R is selected from ruthenium, ruthenium and ρ a group of constituents; p is 0, 1, 2 or 3; each occurrence of X and y is independently selected from an integer between 〇_丨〇; each occurrence of R1 is independently selected from -H , alkyl substituted by j and _R4b. R2 is hydrogen, Cw alkyl 'hydroxy Ci 6 alkyl 'Cl 6 alkoxy Cq-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl CQ-4 alkyl, aryl cG 4 alkyl or a residue of the formula: R3 R3

Ra R3 ; R2\ R2bRa R3 ; R2\ R2b

X «^係選自由下列組成之群:Η、C丨-6烷基、〇H、OR4a、 0C(0)R4a、〇C(〇)N(R8a)2及 N(R8a)2 ; 11215係11或(:1.6烷基,或者R2a與組合在一起形成氧代 或亞胺基基團; R3及R12各自獨立地選自由下列組成之群:Η、齒素、 121012.doc -37· 1342310 〇R4b、-g-j及 N(R8a)2 ; 尺“係選自由H及烷基組成之群; R4b係選自由烷基及·((:Η2-0:Η2-〇-)ηι9組成之群,其中n 係下列之整數:1-500、i’000、2 〇〇〇、3 〇〇〇、4 〇〇〇、 5’〇〇〇、10,000、20,000、30,000、4〇,_、5〇,_ 或 60,000,或者係數個如下數值之整數之平均值:㈧、 1,000 ' 2,000 > 3,000 ' 4,000 ' 5,〇〇〇 , 1〇,〇〇〇 , 20,〇〇〇 30,000、40,〇〇〇、5〇,〇〇〇或 60,000 ; R5係選自由Η、烷基及R4b組成之群; R8係選自由下列組成之群:Η、CN、N〇2、Ci-6炫基、 C3-7環烷基及scvcw烷基; R8a不存在、或選自由下列組成之群:Η、Cu烷基、c 3-7 環烷基、經j取代之Cl·6烷基及,或者兩個尺“殘基組合 在一起可形成具有3至7個環原子之飽和、不飽和或芳香族 環’該環可經取代〇_4次;且 R9係選自由Η、烷基及ch2co2h組成之群。 式VI之某些化合物包括其中R2係下式之殘基之彼等化合 物:X «^ is selected from the group consisting of Η, C丨-6 alkyl, 〇H, OR4a, 0C(0)R4a, 〇C(〇)N(R8a)2 and N(R8a)2; 11215 11 or (: 1.6 alkyl, or R2a combined with an oxo or imido group; R3 and R12 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, dentate, 121012.doc -37· 1342310 〇 R4b, -gj and N(R8a)2; the ruler "selected from the group consisting of H and alkyl; R4b is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and ((: Η2-0: Η2-〇-) ηι9, wherein n is the following integer: 1-500, i'000, 2 〇〇〇, 3 〇〇〇, 4 〇〇〇, 5' 〇〇〇, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000, 4 〇, _, 5 〇, _ Or 60,000, or an average of the integers of the following values: (eight), 1,000 ' 2,000 > 3,000 ' 4,000 ' 5, 〇〇〇, 1 〇, 〇〇〇, 20, 〇〇〇 30,000, 40, 〇〇〇 , 5〇, 〇〇〇 or 60,000; R5 is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, alkyl and R4b; R8 is selected from the group consisting of Η, CN, N〇2, Ci-6 炫, C3-7 Cycloalkyl and scvcw alkyl; R8a is absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, Cu alkyl a c 3-7 cycloalkyl group, a j-substituted C1-6 alkyl group, or a two-foot "residue grouped together to form a saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring having 3 to 7 ring atoms" The compound may be substituted for 〇4 times; and R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl and ch2co2h. Certain compounds of formula VI include those compounds wherein R2 is a residue of the formula:

&23係選自由下列組成之群:Η、Cl-6烷基、OH、OR4a、 〇C(0)R4a、〇c(〇)N(R8a)2及 N(R8a)2;且 121012.doc -38- 1342310 R2b係H或C1-6烷基,或者尺23與1121)組合在一起形成氧代 或亞胺基基團。 式VIII之仍其他化合物包括其中R2b、R4b&R5係Η、且 R41CH3之彼等化合物。式VIII之某些其他化合物包括其 中 R2b、R4lR5 係 Η、R4UH3、且 R丨2 係 Ch2_〇_CH3 之彼&23 is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, Cl-6 alkyl, OH, OR4a, 〇C(0)R4a, 〇c(〇)N(R8a)2 and N(R8a)2; and 121012. Doc-38- 1342310 R2b is H or C1-6 alkyl, or Rule 23 and 1121) are combined to form an oxo or imido group. Still other compounds of formula VIII include those compounds wherein R2b, R4b&R5 are indole, and R41CH3. Certain other compounds of formula VIII include R2b, R4lR5, R, R4UH3, and R丨2, Ch2_〇_CH3

等化合物。式VIII之其他化合物包括其中R2a係或〇Ac 且R2b係Η之化合物。式νιπ之仍其他化合物包括其中八係 C(O)、C(0)0或C(0)NH、G係C4-7環烷基、存在且j係 C〇2H或CC^Cw院基之彼等化合物。And other compounds. Other compounds of formula VIII include those wherein R2a or 〇Ac and R2b are oxime. Other compounds of the formula νιπ include octa C(O), C(0)0 or C(0)NH, G-system C4-7 cycloalkyl, presence and j-system C〇2H or CC^Cw These compounds.

(DJ 式viii之仍其他化合物包括其中/ 殘基係經A_G_Q_(DJ Formula viii is still other compounds including / where the residue is via A_G_Q_

J取代之㈣基環;mQ] 一起形成Η或-起形成選自 由下列組成之群之官能基團之彼等化合物:The (four) base ring substituted by J; mQ] together form a ruthenium or a compound which forms a functional group selected from the group consisting of:

121012.doc •39· 1342310121012.doc •39· 1342310

121012.doc • 40- 1342310121012.doc • 40- 1342310

式VIII之其他化合物包括其中/ 殘基係經A-G-Q-J 取代之咪唑基環;且A-G-Q-J—起形成選自由下列組成之 121012.doc -41 - 1342310 /丫、彳3 ^γ〇^13 ^γΝ^13 群之官能基團之彼等化合物:〇 , 〇 , 〇Other compounds of formula VIII include imidazolyl rings wherein the / residue is substituted with AGQJ; and AGQJ-formed from 121012.doc -41 - 1342310 /丫, 彳3 ^γ〇^13 ^γΝ^13 The compounds of the group's functional groups: 〇, 〇, 〇

及 〇And 〇

其中R13係選自由氫、羥基曱基及胺基甲基組成之群或 選自由下列組成之群:Wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyindenyl and aminomethyl or selected from the group consisting of:

121012.doc -42- 1342310121012.doc -42- 1342310

121012.doc -43- 1342310 η係下歹ij 之整數:1-500 ' 1,000、2,000、3,000、4,000、 5,000、10,000、20,000、30,000 ' 40,000、50,000 或 60,000 或者係數個如下數值之整數之平均值:1-500、1,000、 2.000 ' 3,000 ' 4,000 > 5,000 > 10,000 ' 20,000 ' 30,000 > 40.000 ' 50,000或 60,000 °121012.doc -43- 1342310 Integer of η 歹 歹 ij: 1-500 '1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000 '40,000, 50,000 or 60,000 or an integer of the following values Average: 1-500, 1,000, 2.000 ' 3,000 ' 4,000 > 5,000 > 10,000 ' 20,000 ' 30,000 > 40.000 ' 50,000 or 60,000 °

121012.doc -44- 1342310121012.doc -44- 1342310

121012.doc -45- 1342310121012.doc -45- 1342310

121012.doc -46- 1342310121012.doc -46- 1342310

121012.doc ·47· 1342310121012.doc ·47· 1342310

121012.doc -48- 1342310121012.doc -48- 1342310

121012.doc -49· 1342310121012.doc -49· 1342310

121012.doc 50- 1342310121012.doc 50- 1342310

121012.doc 1342310121012.doc 1342310

121012.doc 52- 1342310121012.doc 52- 1342310

121012.doc -53- 1342310121012.doc -53- 1342310

121012.doc 54- 1342310121012.doc 54- 1342310

121012.doc 55- 1342310121012.doc 55- 1342310

I21012.doc 56- 1342310I21012.doc 56- 1342310

121012.doc -57- 1342310121012.doc -57- 1342310

121012.doc 58- 1342310121012.doc 58- 1342310

表BTable B

η = 1 -60,000 在某些實施例中,本發明化合物另一特徵係作為包括原 核EF-Tu、且尤其包括細菌EF-Tu在内之EF-Tu的調節劑。 在較佳實施例中,本發明化合物係EF-Tu抑制劑。 本文所用術語"細菌感染"包括(但不限於)發生在哺乳動 121012.doc -59- 1342310 物類、魚類及鳥類中的細菌感染以及與細菌感染有關之病 症’其可藉由投予抗生素(例如,本發明化合物)加以治療 或預防。除治療由金黃色葡萄球菌(Staphyloccocus aureus)、肺炎鏈球菌(strept〇c〇ccus pneuin〇niae)、結核絲 桿菌(Mycobacterium tuberculosis)及腸球菌之抗多種藥物 菌株引起之感染以外,本發明化合物亦用來治療由包括 (但不限於)下列之其他細菌引起之感染:難辨梭狀芽孢桿 菌(Clostridium difficile)、痤瘡桿菌(Propionibacterium 籲 acnes)、脆弱擬桿菌(Bacteroides fagiles)、奈瑟氏淋病雙 球菌(Neisseria gonorrhoeae)、 卡他布蘭漢氏菌 (Branhamella catarrhalis)、流感唁血桿菌(Haemophilus influenzae)、大腸桿菌(E. coli)、綠膿桿菌(Pseud〇m〇nas aeruginosa)、普通變型桿菌(pr〇teus vulgaris)、肺炎克雷 伯氏菌(Klebsiella pneumonia)及沙眼衣原體(Chlamydia trachomatis) 〇η = 1 - 60,000 In certain embodiments, another feature of the compounds of the invention is as a modulator of EF-Tu, including prokaryotic EF-Tu, and especially bacteria EF-Tu. In a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the invention are EF-Tu inhibitors. The term "bacterial infection" as used herein includes, but is not limited to, bacterial infections occurring in mammals 121012.doc -59-1342310, fish and birds, and diseases associated with bacterial infections, which can be administered by Antibiotics (e.g., compounds of the invention) are treated or prevented. In addition to treating infections caused by Staphyloccocus aureus, Strept〇c〇ccus pneuin〇niae, Mycobacterium tuberculosis, and Enterococci resistant multi-drug strains, the compounds of the invention are also For the treatment of infections caused by other bacteria including, but not limited to, Clostridium difficile, Propionibacterium acnes, Bacteroides fagiles, Neisser's gonorrhea Neisseria gonorrhoeae, Branhamella catarrhalis, Haemophilus influenzae, E. coli, Pseud〇m〇nas aeruginosa, common bacillus (pr〇teus vulgaris), Klebsiella pneumonia and Chlamydia trachomatis 〇

與此等感染有關之此等細菌感染及病症包括(但不限於) 下列:痤瘡;紅斑痤瘡;皮膚感染;肺炎;中耳炎;鼻竇 炎;支氣管炎;扁桃體炎及與由肺炎鏈球菌、流感嗜血桿 菌、卡他莫拉菌(Moraxella catarrhalis)、金黃色葡萄球 菌、消化鍵球菌(Peptostreptococcus spp·)或假單抱桿菌 (Pseudomonas spp.)感染有關之乳突炎;咽炎;風濕熱及與 由酿膿鏈球菌(Streptococcus pyogenes)、C及G群鏈球菌、 白喉梭菌(Clostridium diptheriae)或溶血放線桿菌 (Actinobacillus haemolyticum)感染有關之腎小球腎炎;與 -60- 12I012.doc 由肺炎支原體(Mycoplasma pneumoniae)、嗜肺軍團菌 (Legionella pneumophila)、肺炎鏈球菌、流感嗜血桿菌或 肺炎衣原體(Chlamydia pneumoniae)感染有關之呼吸道感 染;非複雜性皮膚及軟組織感染;膿腫及骨髓炎及與由金 頁色葡萄球菌、凝固酶陽性葡萄球菌(coagulase_p〇s〖tive staphylococci)(即,表皮葡萄球菌(s· epidermidis)、溶企性 葡萄球菌(S_ hemolyticus)等)、釀膿鏈球菌(S. py0genes)、 無乳鏈球菌(S. agalactiae)、鏈球菌群C-F (微小菌落鏈球 菌)、得草綠色鍵球菌(viridans streptococci)、棒狀桿菌 (Corynebacterium spp.)、梭狀芽孢桿菌(Clostridium spp.) 或韓瑟勒巴通氏菌(Bartonella henselae)感染有關之產後 熱,與由腐生葡萄球菌(S. saprophyticus)或腸球菌 (Enterococcus spp.)感染有關之非複雜性急性尿道感染;尿 道炎及子宮頸炎;與由沙眼衣原體、杜克雷嗜也桿菌 (Haemophilus ducreyi)、梅毒螺旋體(Treponema pallidum)、解腺腺原體(Ureaplasma urealyticum)或淋病奈 瑟氏球菌(Nesseria gonorrheae)感染有關之性病;與由金黃 色葡萄球菌(S. aureus)(食物中毒及中毒性休克徵候群)或 群A、S及C鏈球菌感染有關之毒性疾病;與由幽門螺旋桿 菌(Helicobacter pylori)感染有關之潰瘍;與由回歸熱螺旋 體(Borrelia recurrentis)感染有關之全身性發熱症候群;與 由伯氏疏螺旋菌(Borrelia burgdorferi)感染有關之萊姆病 (Lyme disease);與由沙眼衣原體(C. trachomatis)、淋球菌 (N. gonorrhoeae)、金黃色葡萄球菌、肺炎鏈球菌(s 121012.doc *61 · 1342310 pneumoniae)、膿鏈球菌、流感嗜血桿菌(H. influenzae)或 李斯特桿菌(Listeria spp.)感染有關之結膜炎、角膜炎及淚 囊k ’與由鳥分枝桿菌(Mycobacterium avium)或細胞内分 枝桿菌(Mycobacterium intracellulare)感染有關之散播性鳥 刀枝才干函細合症(disseminated Mycobacterium avium complex)(MAC)疾病;與由空腸彎曲桿菌(Campyl〇bacter jejuni)感染有關之腸胃炎;與由隱抱子蟲(crypt〇Sp〇r丨dium spp·)感染有關之腸内原生動物;與由得草綠色鏈球菌感染 有關之牙源性感染;與由百曰咳桿菌(B〇rdetella pertussis) 感染有關之持續性咳嗷;與由產氣莢膜梭菌(cl〇stridium perfringens)或類桿菌(Bacteroides spp,)感染有關之氣性壞 疽;由金黃色葡萄球菌、痤瘡桿菌引起之皮膚感染;與由 幽門螺旋桿菌或肺炎衣原體感染有關之動脈粥樣硬化或諸 如此類。 在動物中可加以治療或預防與此等感染有關之其他細菌 感染及病況包括(但不限於)下列:與由溶血性巴斯德桿菌 (P. haemolytica)、敗血性巴斯德桿菌(p. multocida)、牛黴 漿菌(Mycoplasma bovis)或博德氏桿菌(BordeteUa spp.)感 染有關之牛呼吸系統疾病;與由大腸桿菌或原生動物 (界’雙抱子球蟲(coccidia)、隱跑子蟲(Cryptosporidia)等) 感染有關之牛腸疾病、與由金黃色葡萄球菌、乳房鏈球菌 (S. iiberis)、無乳鏈球菌、停乳鏈球菌(s dySgalactiae)、 克雷伯氏菌(Klebsiella spp.)、棒狀桿菌(C0rynebacteriuin) 或腸球菌感染有關之乳牛乳腺炎;與由豬胸膜肺炎放線桿 121012.doc •62· 1342310Such bacterial infections and conditions associated with such infections include (but are not limited to) the following: hemorrhoids; rosacea; skin infections; pneumonia; otitis media; sinusitis; bronchitis; tonsillitis and with blood stasis by Streptococcus pneumoniae Bacterial, Moraxella catarrhalis, Staphylococcus aureus, Peptostreptococcus spp., or Pseudomonas spp. infection of mastoiditis; pharyngitis; rheumatic fever and Streptococcus pyogenes, C and G group streptococci, Clostridium diptheriae or Actinobacillus haemolyticum infection associated with glomerulonephritis; and -60-12I012.doc by Mycoplasma pneumoniae (Mycoplasma Pneumoniae), Legionella pneumophila, Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae or Chlamydia pneumoniae infection-related respiratory infections; uncomplicated skin and soft tissue infections; abscesses and osteomyelitis and Staphylococcus aureus, coagulase-positive staphylococci (coagulase_p〇s〗 〖tive staphyloco Cci) (ie, s. epidermidis, S_ hemolyticus, etc.), S. py0genes, S. agalactiae, streptococcal group CF (Micro-Streptococcus streptococci), Viridans streptococci, Corynebacterium spp., Clostridium spp. or Bartonella henselae infection Postpartum fever, non-complex acute urinary tract infections associated with infection with S. saprophyticus or Enterococcus spp.; urethritis and cervicitis; and Chlamydia trachomatis, Haemophilus ducreyi ), Treponema pallidum, Ureaplasma urealyticum or Nesseria gonorrheae infection-related sexually transmitted diseases; and S. aureus (food poisoning and toxicity) Shock syndrome) or toxic diseases associated with group A, S, and C streptococcal infections; ulcers associated with infection with Helicobacter pylori Systemic fever syndrome associated with infection by Borrelia recurrentis; Lyme disease associated with infection with Borrelia burgdorferi; and Chlamydia trachomatis (C. trachomatis) N. gonorrhoeae, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumoniae (s 121012.doc *61 · 1342310 pneumoniae), Streptococcus pneumoniae, Haemophilus influenzae (H. influenzae) or Listeria spp. infection Related conjunctivitis, keratitis, and lacrimal sac k' with disseminated Mycobacterium avium complex associated with infection with Mycobacterium avium or Mycobacterium intracellulare (MAC) disease; gastroenteritis associated with infection with Campyl〇bacter jejuni; intestinal protozoa associated with infection with crypt〇Sp〇r丨dium spp·; A odontogenic infection associated with Streptococcus viridans infection; a persistent cough associated with infection with B〇rdetella pertussis; Clostridium perfringens or Bacteroides spp, infection associated with gas gangrene; skin infections caused by Staphylococcus aureus, acne bacteria; arteries associated with infection with Helicobacter pylori or Chlamydia pneumoniae Atherosclerosis or the like. Other bacterial infections and conditions that may be treated or prevented in animals associated with such infections include, but are not limited to, the following: with P. haemolytica, Pasteurella septicum (p. Multocida), Mycoplasma bovis or Bordete Ua spp. infection related to bovine respiratory diseases; and by E. coli or protozoa (world's 'coccidia') Wormtosporidia, etc.) Infection-related bovine intestinal diseases, and by Staphylococcus aureus, S. iiberis, Streptococcus agalactiae, Streptococcus mutans (s dySgalactiae), Klebsiella (Klebsiella Spp.), Corynebacterium (C0rynebacteriuin) or Enterococcus infection associated with cow mastitis; with the porcine pleuropneumonia line rod 121012.doc • 62· 1342310

菌(A. pleuropneumoniae)、敗血性巴斯德捍菌或徽漿菌 (Mycoplasma spp.)感染有關之豬呼吸系統疾病;與由大腸 桿菌、細胞内勞森氏菌(Lawsonia intracellularis)、沙門氏 菌(Salmonella spp.)或豬痢疾小蛇菌(Serpulina hyodyisinteriae) 感染有關之緒腸道疾病;與由梭桿菌(Fusobacterium spp·)' 感染有關之牛蹄腐爛;與由大腸桿菌感染有關之牛子宮 炎;與由壞死梭桿菌(Fusobacterium necrophorum)或節瘤 擬桿菌(Bacteroides nodosus)感染有關之牛毛庞;與由牛摩 拉克氏菌(Moraxella bovis)感染有關之牛紅眼病;與由原 生動物感染有關之牛早產(aneosporium);與由大腸桿菌 感染有關之狗及貓之尿道感染;與由表皮葡萄球菌、中間 型葡萄球菌(S. intermedius)、凝固酶陰性葡萄球菌 (coagulase neg,Staphylococcus)或敗血性巴斯德桿菌感染 有關之狗及貓之皮膚及軟組織感染;與由下列感染有關之 狗及山羊之牙或口感染:產驗菌(Alcaligenes spp.)、擬桿 菌(Bacteroides spp.)、梭狀芽孢桿菌(Clostridium spp.)、 腸.桿菌(Enterobacter spp.)、真桿菌(Eubacterium spp.)、消 化鍵球菌(Peptostreptococcus spp·)、Porphfyromonas spp.、彎曲桿菌(Campylobacter spp.)、组氏放線菌 (Actinomyces spp.)、丹毒桿菌(Erysipelothrix spp.)、红球 菌(Rhodococcus spp.)、錐蟲(Trypanosoma spp·)、遽原蟲 (Plasmodium spp·)、巴貝氏原蟲(Babesia spp·)、弓漿菌 (Toxoplasma spp.)、肺孢子蟲(Pneumocystis spp.)、利什曼 原蟲(Leishmania spp.)、滴蟲(Trichomonas spp,)或普雷沃 121012.doc -63- 1342310 菌(Prevotel丨a Spp·)。根據本發明方法可加以治療或預防與 此等感染有關之其他細菌感染及病症在j p Sanf〇rd等人 之"The Sanford Guide To Antimicrobial Therapy"第 26版, (Antimicrobial Therapy公司,1996)中提及。 在動物中可加以治療或預防與此等感染有關之其他細菌 感染及病證包括(但不限於)中樞神經系統感染、外耳感 染、中耳感染(例如急性中耳炎)、硬腦膜竇感染、眼睛感 染、口腔感染(例如牙齒、牙齦及黏膜感染)、上呼吸道感 染、下呼吸道感染、生殖泌尿感染、胃腸道感染、婦科感 染、敗血病、骨及關節感染、皮膚及皮膚結構感染、細菌 性心内膜炎、燒傷、手術之抗細菌預防、經免疫抑制之患 者(例如接受癌症化療之患者或器官移植患者)之抗細菌預 防及由傳染性有機體引起之慢性疾病,例如動脈硬化。 細菌蛋白合成需要EF-Tu伴侣蛋白。EF_Tu係細菌中最豐 富的蛋白之一,且係最為高度保守者之一,且在多數種類 中’該基因係以相同功能進行複製。當鍵結至GTp時, EF-Tu可與大部分經胺基醯基化之tRNA形成複合體,將該 tRNA裝載至核糖體上。在一實施例中,細菌感染與ef_Tu 活性有關。不應受限於理論,吾人咸信由本發明化合物破 壞EF-Tu蛋白活性將干預蛋白合成且從而干預細菌功能及/ 或增殖。由於£1?_丁11在革蘭氏陽性及革蘭氏陰性細菌中皆 係円度保寸的’因此本發明化合物係用來治療兩種類型細 菌之感染。 本文所用術語"與EF-Tu有關之病況,,或"與EF_Tu有關之 121012.doc •64· 病症’’包括與EF-Tu活性有關之病症及病況(例如疾病病 /兄)。與EF-Tu有關之病症之非限制性實例係個體細菌感 染。 ~ 本發明包括治療如上所述細菌感染以及與eF_Tu有關之 病症,但本發明並非意欲受限於由其該化合物實施其治療 疾病之預期作用之方式。本發明包括以允許發生治療之任 何方式治療本文所述之疾病,例如細菌感染。 在某些實施例中,本發明提供一種本發明化合物之任一 種之醫藥組合物。在相關實施例中,本發明提供一種醫藥 組合物,其包括本發明化合物之任一種及該等化合物之任 種之醫藥上可接受之載劑或賦形劑。在某些實施例中, 本發明包括作為新化學實體之化合物。 在一實施例中,本發明包括包裝細菌感染治療藥品。該 包裝治療藥品包括與關於使用有效量本發明化合物用於預 期用途之說明書包裝在一起之本發明化合物。 本發明化合物作為活性藥劑適用於尤其有效治療細菌感 染之醫藥組合物。各個實施例中該醫藥組合物含有醫藥上 有效量的本發明活性藥劑連同其他醫藥上触 劑、載劑、填充劑、稀釋劑及諸如此類0本文所用短語,•醫 樂上有效量"表示投予宿主或投予宿主之細胞、組織或器 官以達成治療結果、尤其抗細菌感染效果(例如抑制細菌 增殖或抑制任何其他細菌感染)所需的量。 在其他實施例中,本發明提供—種抑制£;17_111蛋白活性 之方法。該方法包括細胞與本發明化合物之任—種接觸 121012.doc -65- 1342310 在相關實施例中,該方法進一步提供以有效量存在以選擇 性抑制EF-Tu蛋白活性之化合物。 在其他實施例中,本發明提供一種本發明化合物之任一 種之用it ’其係用來製造治療個體細菌感染之藥劑。 在其他實施例中,本發明提供一種製造藥劑之方法,該 方法包括調配本發明化合物之任一種用於治療個體。 定義 術語”治療(_),,、"經治療(treated)"、,,治療(_心)" 或"治療(treatment)"包括減少或減輕至少一種與待治療病 況、病症或疾病有關或由其引起之症狀。在某些實施例 :,該治療包括誘導細菌感染,隨後活化本發明化合物, 藉此減少或減輕與待治療細菌感染有關或由其引起之至少 一種症狀。舉例而言’治療可為減少病症之__或數種症狀 或完全根除病症。Swine respiratory disease associated with infection with A. pleuropneumoniae, P. pastoris or Mycoplasma spp.; and by Escherichia coli, Lawsonia intracellularis, Salmonella Spp.) or Intestinal disease associated with infection with Serpulina hyodyisinteriae; hoof rot associated with infection with Fusobacterium spp.; and bovine metritis associated with infection with E. coli; Bovine hairy hairs infected with Fusobacterium necrophorum or Bacteroides nodosus; red eye disease associated with infection with Moraxella bovis; premature birth of cattle associated with infection with protozoa ( Aneosporium); urinary tract infections in dogs and cats associated with E. coli infection; and by Staphylococcus epidermidis, S. intermedius, coagulase neg (Staphylococcus) or septic Pasteur Skin and soft tissue infections in dogs and cats associated with bacilli infection; and dogs and goats associated with the following infections Or oral infection: Alcaligenes spp., Bacteroides spp., Clostridium spp., Enterobacter spp., Eubacterium spp., digestive bonds Peptostreptococcus spp., Porphfyromonas spp., Campylobacter spp., Actinomyces spp., Erysipelothrix spp., Rhodococcus spp., Trypanosoma spp ·), Plasmodium spp., Babesia spp., Toxoplasma spp., Pneumocystis spp., Leishmania spp. Trichomonas spp, or Prevo 121012.doc -63-1342310 (Prevotel丨a Spp.). Other bacterial infections and conditions associated with such infections that can be treated or prevented according to the methods of the present invention are described in "The Sanford Guide To Antimicrobial Therapy" 26th edition, (Antimicrobial Therapy, 1996) by Jp Sanf〇rd et al. and. Other bacterial infections and symptoms that may be treated or prevented in animals in connection with such infections include, but are not limited to, central nervous system infections, external ear infections, middle ear infections (eg, acute otitis media), dural sinus infections, eye infections. Oral infections (eg teeth, gums and mucosal infections), upper respiratory tract infections, lower respiratory tract infections, genitourinary infections, gastrointestinal infections, gynecological infections, septicemia, bone and joint infections, skin and skin structure infections, bacterial heart Anti-bacterial prophylaxis for endometritis, burns, anti-bacterial prophylaxis of surgery, immunosuppressed patients (eg patients receiving cancer chemotherapy or organ transplants) and chronic diseases caused by infectious organisms, such as arteriosclerosis. EF-Tu chaperones are required for bacterial protein synthesis. EF_Tu is one of the most abundant proteins in bacteria and is one of the most highly conserved, and in most species 'this gene replicates with the same function. When bonded to GTp, EF-Tu can form a complex with most of the amino-thiolated tRNA, which is loaded onto the ribosome. In one embodiment, the bacterial infection is associated with ef_Tu activity. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that disruption of EF-Tu protein activity by a compound of the invention will interfere with protein synthesis and thereby interfere with bacterial function and/or proliferation. Since £1?_丁11 is both in the Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, the compounds of the present invention are used to treat infections of both types of bacteria. The term "conditions relating to EF-Tu," and EF_Tu related 121012.doc • 64. The condition 'includes a condition and condition associated with EF-Tu activity (e.g., disease/brother). A non-limiting example of a condition associated with EF-Tu is individual bacterial infection. ~ The present invention encompasses the treatment of bacterial infections as described above and disorders associated with eF_Tu, but the invention is not intended to be limited by the manner in which the compound is intended to perform its intended effect in treating a disease. The invention includes the treatment of a disease described herein, such as a bacterial infection, in any manner that permits treatment to occur. In certain embodiments, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition of any of the compounds of the invention. In a related embodiment, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising any one of the compounds of the invention and any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient of any of the compounds. In certain embodiments, the invention includes a compound that is a new chemical entity. In one embodiment, the invention includes a packaged bacterial infection therapeutic drug. The packaged therapeutic drug comprises a compound of the invention packaged together with instructions for the use of an effective amount of a compound of the invention for the intended use. The compounds of the present invention are useful as active agents for pharmaceutical compositions which are particularly effective in the treatment of bacterial infections. In various embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition contains a pharmaceutically effective amount of the active agent of the present invention together with other pharmaceutically acceptable agents, carriers, fillers, diluents, and the like, and the phrase used herein, • therapeutically effective amount " The amount required to administer to a host or to a cell, tissue or organ of a host to achieve a therapeutic result, particularly an anti-bacterial infection effect (e.g., inhibit bacterial proliferation or inhibit any other bacterial infection). In other embodiments, the invention provides methods for inhibiting the activity of £17-111 protein. The method comprises contacting the cell with any of the compounds of the invention 121012.doc -65-1342310 In a related embodiment, the method further provides a compound in an amount effective to selectively inhibit the activity of the EF-Tu protein. In other embodiments, the invention provides an agent of any of the compounds of the invention for use in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a bacterial infection in an individual. In other embodiments, the invention provides a method of making a medicament comprising formulating any of the compounds of the invention for use in treating an individual. Defining the term "treatment (_),,, "treated ",, treatment (_心)" or "treatment" includes reducing or alleviating at least one condition and condition to be treated Or a symptom associated with or caused by the disease. In certain embodiments: the treatment comprises inducing a bacterial infection, followed by activation of a compound of the invention, thereby reducing or alleviating at least one symptom associated with or caused by the bacterial infection to be treated. For example, 'the treatment can be to reduce the symptoms of the disease or several symptoms or to completely eradicate the condition.

文或患有細菌感染之有機體, 個體之實例包括哺乳動物,例 綿羊、山孝·、描、小鼠、兔 類動物。在某些實施例中,該 有罹患風險或可能罹患細菌感 人類。在另一實施例令,該個 術語"個體"意欲包括能經 例如原核生物及真核生物。 如人類、狗、牛、馬、豬、 子、大鼠及轉殖基因之非人 個體係人類,例如已罹患、 染及本文所述疾病或病況的 體係細胞。 七 ㈣A之化合物,,、"EF-h之調節劑"或"EF_Tu 抑制劑係指調節(例如抑制或以其他方式改變脚·^活性 之化合物。調節EF-Tu之化合物之實例包括式卜㈣、 12I0l2.doc • 66 - 1342310 IV及V以及表A及表8之化合物(包括其醫藥上可接受之鹽 以及其對映異構體、立體異構體、旋轉異構體、互變異構 體、非對映異構體、限制構型異構體或外消旋體)。 另外’本發明方法包括投予個體有效量之本發明調節 EF-Tu之化合物,例如式卜„、】„、ivav以及表a及表b 之調節EF-Tu之化合物(包括其醫藥上可接受之冑以及其對 映異構體、立體異構體、旋轉異構體、互變異構體、非對 映異構體、限制構型異構體或外消旋體)。 術s吾"烷基”包括飽和脂肪族基團,包括直鏈烷基基團(例 如,曱基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛 基、壬基、癸基等)、分支鏈烷基基團(異丙基、第三丁 基、異丁基等)、環烷基(脂環族)基團(環丙基、環戊基、 環己基、環庚基、環辛基)、經烷基取代之環烷基基團及 經環烷基取代之烷基基團。術語"烷基”亦包括烯基基團及 炔基基團。此外,”Cx-Cy-烷基”(其中\為1_5且丫為2_1〇)表 示法係指具有特定碳數範圍之特定烷基基團(直鏈或分支 鏈)。舉例而言’ Ci-C4·烷基表示法包括(但不限於)甲基、 乙基、丙基、丁基、異丙基、第三-丁基、異丁基及第二_ 丁基。此外’術語C3_6-環烷基包括(但不限於)環丙基、環 戊基及環己基。如下文所討論,該等烷基基團以及環烷基 基團可進一步經取代。"C(rcn烷基"係指單共價鍵結(cq)或 具有1至η個碳原子之烷基基團;舉例而言”Cq_c4烷基"係指 單共價鍵結或Ci-C4烷基基團;"CQ-C8烷基"係指單共價鍵 結或烧基基團。在某些情況下’具體指明烷基基團 121012.doc • 67· 1342310 之取代基。舉例而言,"Cl_C4羥基烷基"係指具有至少一個 羥基取代基之CrCU烷基基團。 "伸烷基”係指如上所定義二價烷基基團。Cq_C4伸烷基係 單共價鍵結或具有1至4個碳原子之伸烷基基團;且c〇_c6 伸烷基係單共價鍵結或具有丨至6個碳原子之伸烷基基團。 "伸烯基"及"伸炔基"分別係指如上所定義二價烯基及炔基 基團。 "環烷基"係包括-或多個其中所有環成員皆係碳之飽和 及/或部分飽和環之基團,例如環丙基、環丁基、環戊 基、環己基 '環庚基、環辛基、金剛院基、十氮_蔡基、 八氫-茚基及前述部分飽和變化形式,例如環己烯基。環 烧基基圍不包括芳香族環或雜環狀環。某些環烧基基團係 Cs-C8環烷基,其中該基團包含具有3至8個環成員之單 環。(Cs-C8壌烷基Wo-C:4烷基”係經由單共價鍵結或Ci-C4 伸烧基基團連接之C3.C8環烧基基團。在某些態樣中,Cw 鲁環烧基基團經獨立選自下列之取代基取代一或多次(或較 佳介於i次與5次之間):齒素原子、芳基、雜芳基、三齒 代甲基、C〗_4-烷氧基或Cl4_烷基。 此外,院基(例如甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己 基等)包括"未經取代之烷基,,及"經取代之烷基"二者,其後 者係才曰具有f代烴骨架之一或多自碳上氮之取代基之烧基 部分’此允許該分子實施其預期作用。 術語"經取代"意欲闇述具有取代分子的一或多個原子(例 如C、〇或N)上氫之取代基之部分。此等取代基可包括(例 121012.doc -68· 1342310 如)氧代、烧基、烧氧基、稀基、炔基、函素、羥基、炫 基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、 羧酸根基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺基羰 基、烷基胺基羰基、二烷基胺基羰基、烷硫基羰基、烷氧 基、磷酸根基、膦酸根基、次膦酸根基、胺基(包括烷基 胺基、二烧基胺基、芳基胺基、二芳基胺基及烧基芳基胺 基)、醯基胺基(包括烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲 酿基及脲基)、脒基、亞胺基、巯基、院硫基、芳硫基、 硫代叛酸根基、硫酸根基、烧基亞橫酿基、項酸根基、胺 磺醯基、磺醯胺基、硝基、三氟曱基、氰基、疊氮基、雜 環基、院基方基、嗎淋基、本盼、节基、苯基、六氮口比 嗪、環戊烧、環己炫>、°比咬、5H-四唾、三吐、六氫u比咬 或芳香族或雜芳香族部分及其任一組合。 不意欲受限之本發明取代基之其他實例包括選自下列之 部分:直鍵或分支鏈烷基(較佳C^-Cs)、環烷基(較佳c3-C8)、烷氧基(較佳CVC6)、硫代烷基(較佳Cl_c6)、烯基(較 佳(VC6)、炔基(較佳CVC6)、雜環、碳環、芳基(例如苯 基)、芳氧基(例如苯氧基)、芳烷基(例如苄基)、芳氧基烷 基(例如本氧基烧基)、芳基乙醯胺基、烧基芳基、雜芳烧 基、烧基擬基及芳基幾基或其他此酿基基團、雜芳基幾基 或雜芳基基團、(CR,R")0_3NR,R"(例如-NH2)、(cr,r")〇_3cn (例如-CN)、-N〇2、齒素(例如,_F、_C1、-以或…、 (CR’R")0_3c(鹵素)3 (例如 _CF3)、(CR,R")〇.3CH(自素)2、 (CR’R”)0.3CH2( i 素)、(CR'R'Jo.sCONR'R”、(CR'R")0.3 121012.doc 1342310 (CNH)NR'R”、(CITino.WO^NR.R"、(CR.R")。3CH〇、 (cr,r,v3o(crir")0-3h、(cr'r”)0.3S(o)0-3R,(例如,_s〇3H、 •0S03H)、(ΟΙ’ΙΠίΜΟβΙΙ'ΙΙ”)。·# (例如 ’ _CH2OCH3及-〇CH3) 、(CR’R")〇.3S(CR’R"V3H (例如 ’ _SH及_SCH3)、(CR'R")03〇h (例如 ’ -OH)、(CW^COR’、(Cr,R"){)-3(經取代或未經 取代之笨基)、(CR’R’’)G-3(C3-C8環烧基)、(cr'r,,)。3c〇2r, (例如-C〇2H)或(CR R ’)〇-3〇R’基團或任一天然存在胺基酸 之側鏈;其中R’及R"各自獨立係氬、Cl_C5烷基、(^匕烯 基、CyC5炔基或芳基基團。此等取代基可包括(例如)鹵 素、羥基、烷基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳 氧基羰氧基、羧酸根基、烷基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺基幾 基、烧硫基Ik基、烧氧基、填酸根基、膦酸根基、次鱗酸 根基、氰基、胺基(包括烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、芳基胺 基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺基)、醯基胺基(包括烷基幾 基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲醯基及脲基)、脒基、亞胺 基、肟、巯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、硫代綾酸根基、硫酸根 基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、續酿胺基、確基 、三氣甲基、 氰基、疊氮基、雜環基或芳香族或雜芳香族部分及其任一 組合。在某些實施例中,羰基部分(c=0)可用肟部分進一 步衍生,例如’醛部分可衍生成其肟GC=N_〇H)類似物。 彼等熟習此項技術者應瞭解(若適宜)烴鏈上取代部分自身 可經取代。環烷基可進一步經(例如)上述取代基取代。"芳 烷基"部分係經芳基取代之烷基(例如,苯甲基(即苄基))。 術語"烯基"包括長度及可能取代基類似於上述烷基之不 121012.doc -70- 1342310 飽和脂肪族基團,但其含有至少一個雙鍵。 舉例而言,術語”稀基"包括直鏈烯基基團(例如,乙烯 基、丙烯基、丁烯基、戊烯基、己烯基、庚烯基辛烯 基、壬烯基、癸烯基等)、分支鏈烯基基團、環烯基(脂環 族)基團(環丙烯基、環戊烯基、環己烯基、環庚烯基環 辛烯基)、經烷基或烯基取代之環烯基基困及經環烷基或 環烯基取代之烯基基團。術語烯基進一步包括包含氧、 氮、硫或磷原子替代烴骨架之一個或多個碳之烯基基團。 在某些實施例中,直鏈或分支鏈烯基基困在其骨架中具有 6個或更少碳原子(例如,對於直鏈為C2_C6,對於分支鏈為 CrC6)。同樣,環烯基基團在其環結構中可具有3 8個碳原 子,且更佳在該環結構中具有5或6個碳。術語c2-C6包括 包含2至6個碳原子之烯基基團。 另外’術語烯基包括"未經取代之稀基"及"經取代之稀 基"二者’其後者係指具有替代烴骨架之一個或多個碳上 氫之取代基之烯基部分。此等取代基可包括(例如)烷基基 團、块基基團、齒素、羥基、烷基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、 燒氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、羧酸根基、烷基羰基、芳 基)k·基、院氧基叛基、胺基叛基、烧基胺基叛基、二院基 胺基羰基、烷硫基羰基、烷氧基、磷酸根基、膦酸根基、 次膦酸根基、氟基、胺基(包括烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、 芳基胺基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺基)、醯基胺基(包括 烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲醯基及脲基)、胨 基、亞胺基、巯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、硫代羧酸根基、硫 121012.doc 1342310 酸根基、烷基亞磺醯基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、磺醢胺 基、硝基、二氟甲基、氰基、疊氮基、雜環基、烷基芳 基、或芳香族或雜芳香族部分。 術語"炔基"包括長度及可能取代基類似於上述烷基之不 飽和脂肪族基團,但其含有至少一個三鍵。 舉例而言,術語"炔基,,包括直鏈炔基基團(例如,乙炔 基、丙炔基、丁炔基、戊炔基、己炔基、庚炔基、辛炔 基、壬炔基、癸快基等)、分支鍵块基基團及經環炫基或 _ 環稀基取代之炔基基團。術語炔基進一步包括包含氧、 氮、硫或磷原子替代烴骨架之一個或多個碳之炔基基團。 在某些實施例中’直鏈或分支鏈炔基基團在其骨架中具有 6個或更少碳原子(例如’對於直鏈為C2_C6,對於分支鏈為 C3-C6)。術語C2-C6包括包含2至6個碳原子之炔基基團。 另外,術語炔基包括"未經取代之炔基"及”經取代之块 基"二者’其後者係指具有替代烴骨架之一個或多個碳上 氫之取代基之炔基部分。此等取代基可包括(例如)烷基基 鲁 團、炔基基團、鹵素、羥基、烷基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、 烧氧基幾氧基、芳氧基幾氧基、叛酸根基、烧基幾基、芳 基幾基、烧氧基叛基、胺基幾基、烧基胺基幾基、二烧基 胺基艘基、烧硫基幾基、烧氧基、填酸根基、膦酸根基、 次鱗酸根基、氣基、胺基(包括烧基胺基、二炫基胺基、 芳基胺基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺基)、醯基胺基(包括 烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲醢基及脲基)、脒 基、亞胺基、疏基、燒硫基、芳硫基、硫代羧酸根基、硫 121012.doc -72- 1342310 酸根基、烷基亞磺醯基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺 基、硝基、三氟甲基、氛基、疊氣基、雜環基、烧基芳 基、或^•香族或雜芳香族部分。 術語•,胺”或"胺基"應理解為在寬範圍内適用於分子、或 部分或宫能基團,如業内通常所瞭解,且可為一級、二級 或三級。術語,,胺"或"胺基"包括其中氮原子係共價鍵結至 至少一個碳、氫或雜原子之化合物。該術語包括(舉例而 言)但不限於"烷基胺基”、"芳基胺基,,、,,二芳基胺基"、"烷 基芳基胺基"、"烷基胺基芳基"、"芳基胺基烷基"、”烷基 胺基烷基醯胺"、"醯胺基"及"胺基羰基"。術語"院基 胺基"包括其中氮係鍵結至至少一個其他烷基基團之基團 及化合物。術語"二烷基胺基,,包括其中氮原子係鍵結至至 少兩個其他烷基基團之基團。術語”芳基胺基"及"二芳基 胺基11包括其中氮係分別鍵結至至少一個或兩個芳基基團 之基團。術語"烷基芳基胺基"、"烷基胺基芳基"或"芳基胺 基烷基”係指其鍵結至至少一個烷基基團及至少一個芳基 基團之胺基基團。術語"烷基胺基烷基”係指鍵結至氮原子 且該氮原子亦係鍵結至烷基基團之烷基、烯基或炔基基 團。 術語"醯胺醯胺基"或"胺基羰基"包括包含氮原子且 該氮原子係鍵結至羰基或硫代羰基基團之碳之化合物或部 分。術語包括"烷基胺基羰基”或"烷基胺基羰基”基團,該 等包括鍵結至胺基基團且該胺基基團係鍵結至羰基基團之 烷基、烯基、芳基或炔基基團。其包括芳基胺基羰基及芳 121012.doc • 73- 1342310 基羰基胺基基團,該等包括鍵結至胺基基團且該胺基基團 係鍵結至羰基或硫代羰基基團之碳之芳基或雜芳基部分。 術語"烷基胺基羰基"、"烯基胺基羰基”、”炔基胺基羰基”、 ”芳基胺基羰基”、”烷基羰基胺基"、”烯基羰基胺基"、"炔 基叛基胺基"及”芳基幾基胺基"皆納入術語"酿胺"中。醯胺 亦包括脲基(胺基羰基胺基)及胺基曱酸酯(氧基羰基胺 基)。 術語"芳基••包括包括5及6員單-環芳香族基團在内之各個 ® 基團,該5及6員單-環芳香族基團可包括〇至4個雜原子, 舉例而言,苯基、吼洛、咬喃、嘆吩、嘆啥、異售唾、咪 唑、三唑、四唑、吡唑、噁唑、異噁唑、吡啶、吡嗪、嗒 嗪及嘧啶及諸如此類。此外,術語,,芳基"包括多環芳基基 團,例如,三環、二環,例如,萘、苯并噁唑、苯并二噁 唾、苯并噻唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噻吩、亞甲基二氧基苯 基、喧琳、異喧琳、蒽基、菲基、napthridine、°弓丨《«朵、苯 I 并呋喃、嘌呤、苯并呋喃、脫氮嘌呤或吲嗪。在環結構中 具有雜原子之彼等芳基基團亦可稱為"芳基雜環"、"雜環" 、1雜芳基"或"雜芳香族"。該芳香環在一或多個環位置可 經如上所述之此等取代基取代,舉例而言,例如,烷基、 鹵素、羥基、烷氧基、烷基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、烷氧基 羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、羧酸根基、烷基羰基、烷基胺基 羰基、芳烷基胺基羰基、烯基胺基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基 羰基、芳烷基羰基、烯基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺基羰基、 烷硫基羰基、磷酸根基、膦酸根基、次膦酸根基、氰基、 121012.doc •74· 1342310 胺基(包括院基胺基、二炫基胺基、芳基胺基、二芳某胺 基、及炫基芳基胺基)、酿基胺基(包括烧基幾基胺基、芳 基羰基胺基、胺甲醯基及脲基)、脒基、亞胺基、疏基、 烷硫基、芳硫基、硫代羧酸根基、硫酸根基、烷基亞磺醯 基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、硝基、三氣甲基、 氰基、疊氮基、雜環基、烷基芳基、或芳香族或雜芳香族 部分。芳基基團亦可與非芳香族之環脂族環或雜環稠合或 橋聯以形成多元環(例如,四氫化萘)。 本文所用術語雜芳基表示每個環中至多7個原子之穩定 單環或二環,其中至少一個環係芳香族且包含丨至4個選自 由〇、N及S組成之群之雜原子。該定義範圍内之雜芳基基 團包括(但不限於):吖啶基、咔唑基、峙啉基、喹噁啉 基比唑基、吲哚基、苯并三唑基、呋喃基、噻吩基、苯 并噻吩基、笨并呋喃基、喹啉基、異喹啉基、噁唑基、異 噁唑基、吲哚基、吨嗪基、嗒嗪基、吼啶基、嘧啶基、响 咯基、四氫喹啉。如同以下雜環之定義一樣,"雜芳基"亦 應理解為包括任何含氮雜芳基之N_氧化物衍生物。應瞭 解’在其中雜芳基取代基係二環且一個環係非芳族或不包 含雜原子之情況下,則分別係經由芳香環或經由包含雜原 子之環連接。 本文所用術語"雜環"或"雜環基"意欲指5至1〇員芳香族或 非芳香族雜環’其包含1至4個選自由0、NAS組成之群之 雜:子且包括二環基團。因此,"雜環基"包括上文所述之 雜方基及其二氫及四氫類似物。"雜環基,,之其他實例包括 121012.doc •75· 1342310 (但不限於)以下:苯并咪唑基、笨并呋喃基、苯并咬咕 基、苯并吼吐基、苯并三唾基、苯并嗟吩基、苯并^惡唾 基、咔唑基、。弄啉基、4啉基、呋喃基、咪唑基、二氮叫丨 0朵基、。引D朵基、°引°朵拉11 桊基(indolazinyl)、叫丨唾基、異苯 并呋喃基、異吲哚基、異喹啉基、異噻唑基、異喔唾基、 萘吡啶基、噁二唑基、噁唑基、噁唑啉、異噁唑啉、氧雜 丁環基、吡喃基、吼嗪基、吡唑基、嗒嗪基、吡啶并α比咬 基、嗒嗪基、吡啶基(pyridyl)、嘧啶基、吡咯基、啥唾琳 • 基、喹啉基、喹噁啉基、四氫吡喃基、四唑基、四唾并。比 咬基、°塞一 α坐基、嗔嗤基、°塞吩基、三峻基 '氮雜環丁 基、1,4_二°惡烧基、六氫氮呼基、六氫β比嗪基、六氫η比咬 基、吡啶-2-酮基、吡咯啶基、嗎琳基、硫嗎琳基、二氫苯 并°米。坐基、一氫苯并β夫喘基、二氫苯并嚷吩基、二氫苯并 噁唑基、二氫呋喃基、二氫咪唑基、二氫吲哚基、二氫異 噁啥基、二氫異噻唑基、二氫噁二唑基、二氫噁唑基、二 鲁氫吡嗪基、二氫吡唑基、二氫吡啶基、二氫嘧啶基、二氫 吡咯基、二氫喹啉基、二氫四唑基、二氫噻二唑基、二氫 噻唑基、二氫噻吩基、二氫三唑基、二氫氮雜環丁基、亞 甲基二氧基笨甲醯基、四氫呋喃基及四氫嘍吩基及其Ν·氧 化物。可經由碳原子或經由雜原子連接雜環基取代基。 術語"醯基,,包括包含醯基基團(chco)或羰基基團之化 合物及部分。術語"經取代之醯基"包括其中一個或多個氫 原子由(例如)下列之基團替代之醯基基團:烷基基團、炔 團南素羥基、烧基羰氧基、芳基羰氧基、烧氧基 121012.doc •76- 1342310 叛氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、羧酸根基、烷基羰基' 芳基羰 基、烧氧基羰基、胺基羰基、烷基胺基羰基、二烷基胺基 幾基、炫硫基羰基、烷氧基、磷酸根基、膦酸根基'次膦 酸根基、氰基、胺基(包括烷基胺基、二烷基胺基、芳基 胺基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺基)、醯基胺基(包括烷基 羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲醯基及脲基)、脒基、亞 胺基、巯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、硫代羧酸根基、硫酸根 基、烷基亞磺醯基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、硝 基、三氟甲基、氰基、疊氮基、雜環基、烷基芳基、或芳 香族或雜芳香族部分。 術語"醯基胺基”包括其中醯基部分係鍵結至胺基基團之 部分。舉例而言’術語包括烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺 基、胺甲醯基及脲基基團。 術語"烷氧基"包括共價連接至氧原子之經取代及未經取 代之燒基、稀基及块基基團。烧氧基基圈之實例包括曱氧 基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基及戊氧基基團且 可包括環狀基團’例如環戊氧基。經取代之炫氧基基團之 實例包括經齒代之烷氧基基團。該等烷氧基基團可經(例 如)下列基團取代:稀基、快基、南素、經基、烧基幾氧 基、芳基羰氧基、烷氧基羰氧基、芳氧基羰氧基、羧酸根 基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、烷氧基羰基、胺基羰基、烷基 胺基羰基、二烷基胺基羰基、烷硫基羰基、烷氧基、磷酸 根基、膦酸根基、次膦酸根基、氰基、胺基(包括烷基胺 基、二烷基胺基、芳基胺基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺 I21012.doc •77· 1342310 基)、醯基胺基(包括烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺曱 醯基及腺基)' 脒基、亞胺基、巯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、 硫代羧酸根基、硫酸根基、烷基亞磺醯基、磺酸根基、胺 磺醯基、磺醞胺基、硝基、三氟甲基、氰基、疊氮基、雜 環基、烷基芳基、或芳香族或雜芳香族部分。經自素取代 之烧氧基基團之實例包括(但不限於)象曱氧基、二氟甲氧 基、二氟曱氧基、氣甲氧基、二氣甲氧基、三氣曱氧基 等。 術語"羰基"或"羧基”包括包含與雙鍵連接至氧原子之碳 之化合物及部分及其互變異構體形式。包含羰基之部分之 實例包括醛、酮、羧酸、醯胺、酯、酐等。術語"羧基部 分或羰基部分"係指下列基團:例如”烧基羰基"基團,其 中烷基基團係共價鍵結至羰基基團;,,烯基羰基"基團,其 中烯基基團係共價鍵結至羰基基團;"炔基羰基”基團,其 中炔基基團係共價鍵結至羰基基團;,,芳基羰基"基團,其 中芳基基團係共價連接於羰基基團。此外,該術語亦係指 其中一個或多個雜原子係共價鍵結至羰基部分之基團。舉 例而言,該術語包括下列各個部分:例如,舉例而言,胺 基羰基部分(其中氮原子係鍵結至羰基基團之碳,例如, 醯胺);胺基羰氧基部分,其中氧及氮原子二者係鍵結至 羰基基團之碳(例如,亦稱為"胺基甲酸酯")。此外,胺基 羰基胺基基團(例如,脲)亦包括鍵結至雜原子(例如氮、 氧、硫等以及碳原子)之羰基基團之其他組合。此外,該 雜原子進一步可經一個或多個烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、 121012.doc •78- 芳烷基、醯基等部分取代。 術語"硫代羰基"或"硫代羧基,,包 硫原子之碳之化合物及部分。術言吾 似於幾基部分之部分。舉例而言, 包括包含藉由雙鍵連接至 語"硫代羰基部分"包括類 "硫代羰基”部分包括胺 基硫代幾基’其中胺基基團係鍵結至該硫代羰基基團之碳 原子,Or organisms with bacterial infections, examples of which include mammals, such as sheep, Yamagata, depiction, mice, and rabbits. In certain embodiments, the human is at risk or may be susceptible to bacterial susceptibility. In another embodiment, the term "individual" is intended to include, for example, prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Non-human systems such as humans, dogs, cattle, horses, pigs, pigs, rats, and transgenic genes, such as systemic cells that have developed, infected, and diseased diseases or conditions described herein. The compound of the seven (four) A, "," " EF-h modulator" or "EF_Tu inhibitor refers to a compound that modulates (e.g., inhibits or otherwise alters the activity of the foot). Examples of compounds that modulate EF-Tu include Formula (4), 12I0l2.doc • 66 - 1342310 Compounds of IV and V and Tables A and 8 (including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and their enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, mutual Isomers, diastereomers, constrained conformers or racemates. Further, the method of the invention comprises administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of the invention for modulating EF-Tu, for example, 】, ivav, and compounds of Tables VIII and b that regulate EF-Tu (including pharmaceutically acceptable oxime and its enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, non- Enantiomers, constrained conformers or racemates. The "alkyl" includes saturated aliphatic groups, including linear alkyl groups (eg, thiol, ethyl, Propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, etc., branched chains a group (isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), a cycloalkyl (alicyclic) group (cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl), An alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group and a cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl group. The term "alkyl" also includes alkenyl groups and alkynyl groups. In addition, "Cx-Cy-alkyl" (where \ is 1_5 and 丫 is 2_1〇) means a specific alkyl group (straight or branched) having a specific carbon number range. For example, the 'Ci-C4·alkyl notation includes (but not Limited to) methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl and second butyl. In addition, the term C3_6-cycloalkyl includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl a group, a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. As discussed below, the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group may be further substituted. "C(rcnalkyl" means a single covalent bond (cq) Or an alkyl group having 1 to n carbon atoms; for example, "Cq_c4 alkyl" means a single covalent bond or a Ci-C4 alkyl group; "CQ-C8 alkyl" Single covalent bond or base In some cases, the substituent of the alkyl group 121012.doc • 67· 1342310 is specified. For example, "Cl_C4 hydroxyalkyl" refers to a CrCU alkyl group having at least one hydroxy substituent. "alkylene" means a divalent alkyl group as defined above. Cq_C4 alkyl is a single covalent bond or an alkyl group having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and c〇_c6 The alkyl group is monovalently bonded or has an alkyl group having up to 6 carbon atoms. "Extend alkenyl" and "exetylene group" respectively mean a divalent alkenyl group and alkyne as defined above Base group. "Cycloalkyl" is a group comprising - or a plurality of ring members in which all of the ring members are saturated and/or partially saturated with carbon, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl 'cycloheptane a base, a cyclooctyl group, a ruthenium group, a decyl-caiyl group, an octahydro-indenyl group, and a partial saturated variation of the foregoing, such as cyclohexenyl. The ring base does not include an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring. Some cycloalkyl groups are Cs-C8 cycloalkyl groups wherein the group contains a single ring having from 3 to 8 ring members. (Cs-C8 decyl Wo-C: 4 alkyl) is a C3.C8 cycloalkyl group attached via a single covalent bond or a Ci-C4 alkyl group. In some aspects, Cw The ruthenium group is substituted one or more times (or preferably between i and 5 times) independently of a substituent selected from the group consisting of a dentate atom, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a tridentate methyl group, C _ 4-alkoxy or Cl 4 -alkyl. In addition, the hospital base (such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) includes "unsubstituted alkyl, and &quot The substituted alkyl group, the latter of which is the alkyl group having one of the f-hydrocarbon backbone or the substituent from the nitrogen on the carbon'. This allows the molecule to perform its intended function. Substituting " is intended to imply a moiety having a substituent on a hydrogen of one or more atoms (e.g., C, 〇 or N) of a substituted molecule. Such substituents may include (e.g., 121012.doc -68· 1342310) oxo , an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a dilute group, an alkynyl group, a hydroxyl group, a hydroxyl group, a hydrylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, a carboxylate group, an alkane Alkylcarbonyl Arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxy, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, amine Including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamine and alkylarylamine), mercaptoamine (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, amine) Alkyl and ureido), fluorenyl, imido, fluorenyl, thiol, arylthio, thiohistadyl, sulphate, sulphate, sulphate, sulfonamide, Sulfonamide, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, aryl, guanyl, phenyl, phenyl, hexazaazine, cyclopentyl Burning, cyclohexanol>, ° ratio bite, 5H-tetrasodium, triple spit, hexahydrou ratio bite or aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, and any combination thereof. Other substituents of the invention not intended to be limited Examples include a moiety selected from the group consisting of a straight or branched alkyl group (preferably C^-Cs), a cycloalkyl group (preferably c3-C8), an alkoxy group (preferably CVC6), a thioalkyl group (compared Good Cl_c6), Base (preferably (VC6), alkynyl (preferably CVC6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (eg phenyl), aryloxy (eg phenoxy), aralkyl (eg benzyl), aromatic An oxyalkyl group (e.g., a oxyalkyl group), an aryl acetamino group, a arylaryl group, a heteroarylalkyl group, a pyrenyl group, and an aryl group or other such a aryl group, a heteroaryl group a benzyl or heteroaryl group, (CR, R") 0_3NR, R" (e.g., -NH2), (cr, r") 〇_3cn (e.g., -CN), -N〇2, dentate (for example, _F, _C1, - or ..., (CR'R") 0_3c (halogen) 3 (eg _CF3), (CR, R") 〇.3CH (self-prime) 2, (CR'R") 0.3CH2 ( i)), (CR'R'Jo.sCONR'R", (CR'R") 0.3 121012.doc 1342310 (CNH)NR'R", (CITino.WO^NR.R", (CR.R" ). 3CH〇, (cr, r, v3o(crir")0-3h, (cr'r")0.3S(o)0-3R, (for example, _s〇3H, •0S03H), (ΟΙ'ΙΠίΜΟβΙΙ'ΙΙ” )··# (eg ' _CH2OCH3 and -〇CH3) , (CR'R")〇.3S(CR'R"V3H (eg ' _SH and _SCH3), (CR'R")03〇h (eg ' -OH), (CW^COR', (Cr, R") {)-3 (substituted or unsubstituted stupid base), (CR'R'') G-3 (C3-C8 cycloalkyl) , (cr'r,,) 3c〇2r, (eg, -C〇2H) or (CR R ')〇-3〇R' group or a side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid; wherein R' and R" are each independently argon, Cl_C5 alkyl, (^, alkenyl, CyC5 alkynyl or aryl groups. These substituents may include, for example, halogen, hydroxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy , alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, amino group, thiol group Ik group, alkoxy group, acid group, phosphonate group , squaric acid, cyano, amine (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamine, diarylamine, and alkyl) Amino), mercaptoamine (including alkylamino, arylcarbonyl, amine, mercapto and ureido), sulfhydryl, imine, anthracene, fluorenyl, alkylthio, aromatic sulfur Base, thiodecanoate, sulfate, sulfonate, sulfonamide, extender amine, exact, trimethyl, cyano, azide, heterocyclic or aromatic or heteroaromatic Part and any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the carbonyl moiety (c=0) may be further derivatized with a hydrazine moiety, for example, the 'aldehyde moiety may be derivatized to its 肟GC=N_〇H) analog. The skilled artisan will appreciate that (if appropriate) the substituted moiety on the hydrocarbon chain may itself be substituted. The cycloalkyl group may be further substituted, for example, with the above substituents. "Aralkyl" is partially substituted with an aryl group ( For example, benzyl (ie, benzyl)). The term "alkenyl" includes lengths and possible substituents similar to those of the above alkyl group: 121012.doc -70-1342310 saturated aliphatic group, but which contains at least one Double bond. For example, the term "dilute group" includes a linear alkenyl group (eg, vinyl, Alkenyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, heptenyl octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, etc.), branched alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl (alicyclic) group ( a cyclopropenyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a cycloheptenylcyclooctenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group substituted with an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and an alkenyl group substituted with a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkenyl group The term alkenyl further includes an alkenyl group containing one or more carbons of an oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom in place of the hydrocarbon backbone. In certain embodiments, a straight or branched alkenyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C2_C6 for a straight chain and CrC6 for a branched chain). Also, the cycloalkenyl group may have 3 8 carbon atoms in its ring structure, and more preferably 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term c2-C6 includes an alkenyl group containing 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further 'the term alkenyl includes "unsubstituted dilute base" and "substituted dilute base""thelatter" the latter refers to an alkene having a substituent of one or more hydrogens on the carbon replacing the hydrocarbon backbone. Base part. Such substituents may include, for example, an alkyl group, a blocked group, a dentate, a hydroxyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, Carboxyl, alkylcarbonyl, aryl)k., alkoxy, alketyl, anthranyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, alkoxy, phosphoric acid Root, phosphonate, phosphinate, fluoro, amine (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamine and alkylarylamine), fluorenyl Amino group (including alkylcarbonylamino group, arylcarbonylamino group, amine carbaryl group and ureido group), fluorenyl group, imido group, fluorenyl group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, thiocarboxylate group, sulfur 121012 .doc 1342310 Acid radical, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonate, sulfonyl, sulfonylamino, nitro, difluoromethyl, cyano, azide, heterocyclic, alkylaryl Or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. The term "alkynyl" includes unsaturated aliphatic groups of varying length and possible substituents similar to those described above, but which contain at least one triple bond. For example, the term "alkynyl, includes straight-chain alkynyl groups (eg, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, heptynyl, octynyl, decyne) a base group, a fluorene group, etc., a branched bond group group, and an alkynyl group substituted with a cyclodyl group or a _ ring group. The term alkynyl further includes alkynyl groups containing one or more carbons of an oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorus atom in place of the hydrocarbon backbone. In certain embodiments the 'linear or branched alkynyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., 'C2_C6 for a straight chain, C3-C6 for a branched chain). The term C2-C6 includes alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 6 carbon atoms. In addition, the term alkynyl includes "unsubstituted alkynyl" and "substituted block""thelatter" the latter refers to an alkynyl group having a substituent replacing one or more hydrogens on the carbon of the hydrocarbon backbone. These substituents may include, for example, an alkyl group, an alkynyl group, a halogen, a hydroxyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxyoxy group, an aryloxyoxy group. Base, tickrate group, alkyl group, aryl group, alkyloxy group, amino group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group, sulfur group, burning oxygen Base, acid-base, phosphonate, quaternary, gas-based, amine-based (including alkylamino, dimeric amine, arylamine, diarylamine, and alkylarylamine ) mercaptoamine (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, aminecarboxamyl and ureido), sulfhydryl, imine, thiol, thiol, arylthio, thiocarboxylate Acid group, sulfur 121012.doc -72-1342310 acid group, alkyl sulfinyl group, sulfonate group, sulfonyl group, sulfonylamino group, nitro group, trifluoromethyl group, aryl group, gas group, Heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or ^-fragrance or heteroaromatic moiety. The term ", amine" or "amino" is understood to apply to a broad range of molecules, or partial or uterine groups. , as commonly understood in the industry, and can be primary, secondary or tertiary. The term "amine" or "amino group" includes compounds in which a nitrogen atom is covalently bonded to at least one carbon, hydrogen or hetero atom. The term includes, for example, but is not limited to, "alkylamino", "arylamino,,,,, diarylamino", "alkylarylamine", "Alkylaminoaryl","arylaminoalkyl", "alkylaminoalkyl decylamine", "decylamine" and "aminocarbonyl". The term "hospital amine" includes groups and compounds in which a nitrogen bond is bonded to at least one other alkyl group. The term "dialkylamino," includes groups wherein the nitrogen atom is bonded to at least two other alkyl groups. The term "arylamino" ""diarylamine group 11 includes groups wherein the nitrogen is bonded to at least one or two aryl groups, respectively. The term "alkylarylamino""Alkylaminoaryl" or "arylaminoalkyl" refers to an amine group bonded to at least one alkyl group and at least one aryl group. The term "alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group bonded to a nitrogen atom and which is also bonded to the alkyl group. "Or "Aminocarbonyl" includes a compound or moiety comprising a nitrogen atom bonded to a carbon of a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group. The term includes "alkylaminocarbonyl" or "alkane Alkylcarbonyl" group, which includes an alkyl, alkenyl, aryl or alkynyl group bonded to an amine group and bonded to a carbonyl group, which includes an aryl group Aminocarbonyl and aryl 121012.doc • 73- 1342310 carbonylamino group, these include a carbon bonded to an amine group and bonded to a carbonyl or thiocarbonyl group Or a heteroaryl moiety. The term "alkylaminocarbonyl", "alkenylaminocarbonyl", "alkynylaminocarbonyl", "arylaminocarbonyl", "alkylcarbonylamino" ;, "Alkenylcarbonylamino" "alkynyl-based alkaloid" and "aryl arylamino" are included in the term "bristamine" Indoleamine also includes ureido (aminocarbonylamino) and amino phthalate (oxycarbonylamino). The term "aryl" includes both 5 and 6 membered mono-cyclic aromatic groups. For each of the ® groups, the 5 and 6 membered mono-cyclic aromatic groups may include up to 4 heteroatoms, for example, phenyl, valprone, gnach, sigh, sigh, isosal, imidazole , triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isoxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine and pyrimidine, and the like. Further, the term, aryl " includes polycyclic aryl groups, for example, tricyclic , bicyclic, for example, naphthalene, benzoxazole, benzodiazepine, benzothiazole, benzimidazole, benzothiophene, methylene dioxyphenyl, sulfonate, isoindene, sulfhydryl, Filipino, napthridine, ° 丨 "«, benzene I and furan, hydrazine, benzofuran, deazapurine or pyridazine. The aryl group with a hetero atom in the ring structure can also be called " An arylheterocyclic ", "heterocyclic", 1 heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic". The aromatic ring may be at one or more ring positions as described above Such substituents are substituted, for example, alkyl, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxy Acid group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkylaminocarbonyl group, aralkylaminocarbonyl group, alkenylaminocarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, amine group Carbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, cyano, 121012.doc • 74· 1342310 Amine (including amphoteric amine, dihydrolamine, arylamine, two Aromatic amine group, and aryl arylamino group), arylamino group (including alkylamino group, arylcarbonylamino group, amine carbaryl group and ureido group), fluorenyl group, imine group, Base, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfate, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonate, sulfonamide, sulfonylamino, nitro, trimethyl, cyano An azide group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylaryl group, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. The aryl group may also be fused or bridged with a non-aromatic cycloaliphatic or heterocyclic ring to form a polycyclic ring (e.g., tetralin). The term heteroaryl, as used herein, denotes a stable monocyclic or bicyclic ring of up to 7 atoms in each ring, wherein at least one ring is aromatic and contains from about 4 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, N and S. Heteroaryl groups within the scope of this definition include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, oxazolyl, porphyrinyl, quinolinolylpyrazolyl, fluorenyl, benzotriazolyl, furyl, Thienyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, fluorenyl, oxazinyl, pyridazinyl, acridinyl, pyrimidinyl, Rumyl, tetrahydroquinoline. As with the definition of the following heterocyclic ring, "heteroaryl" is also understood to include any N-oxide derivative of a nitrogen-containing heteroaryl group. It should be understood that in the case where the heteroaryl substituent is a bicyclic ring and one ring system is non-aromatic or does not contain a hetero atom, it is bonded via an aromatic ring or via a ring containing a hetero atom, respectively. The term "heterocyclic" or "heterocyclyl" as used herein is intended to mean a 5 to 1 member aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring which contains from 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of 0, NAS: And includes a bicyclic group. Thus, "heterocyclyl" includes the heteroaryl groups described above as well as the dihydro and tetrahydro analogs thereof. "Heterocyclyl, other examples include 121012.doc • 75· 1342310 (but not limited to) of the following: benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzotrienyl, benzoindole, benzotriene Salivyl, benzoxenyl, benzoxanthyl, carbazolyl,. A porphyrin group, a 4-phenyl group, a furyl group, an imidazolyl group, a diazo group, a quinone group.引D基基,°引点拉拉11 Indolazinyl, 丨 丨 、, isobenzofuranyl, isodecyl, isoquinolyl, isothiazolyl, isoindolyl, naphthylpyridyl , oxadiazolyl, oxazolyl, oxazoline, isoxazoline, oxabutyryl, pyranyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrido-α ratio, azine A pyridyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a pyrrolyl group, a quinolyl group, a quinolinol group, a tetrahydropyranyl group, a tetrazolyl group, and a tetrasazone. Than base, °-α-seat, sulfhydryl, °-septyl, s-trisyl' azetidinyl, 1,4-dioxalate, hexahydroazetyl, hexahydro-β ratio Azinyl, hexahydron-leptyl, pyridin-2-one, pyrrolidinyl, morphinyl, thiomorphinyl, dihydrobenzox. Sodium, monohydrobenzopyrazine, dihydrobenzobenzoyl, dihydrobenzoxazolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydroimidazolyl, indanyl, dihydroisoindole , dihydroisothiazolyl, dihydrooxadiazolyl, dihydrooxazolyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyrazolyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydrogen Quinolinyl, dihydrotetrazolyl, dihydrothiadiazolyl, dihydrothiazolyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydrotriazolyl, dihydroazepine, methylenedioxy Base, tetrahydrofuranyl and tetrahydroanthracenyl and their ruthenium oxides. The heterocyclyl substituent can be attached via a carbon atom or via a heteroatom. The term "indenyl," includes compounds and moieties comprising a thiol group (chco) or a carbonyl group. The term "substituted thiol" includes a fluorenyl group in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by, for example, the following groups: alkyl group, acetylene group hydroxy group, alkyl carbonyl group, Arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxy 121012.doc •76- 1342310 alkoxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl 'arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkyl Aminocarbonyl, dialkylamino, thiolcarbonyl, alkoxy, phosphate, phosphonate 'phosphinic acid, cyano, amine (including alkylamino, dialkylamino , an arylamino group, a diarylamine group and an alkylarylamino group), a mercaptoamine group (including an alkylcarbonylamino group, an arylcarbonylamino group, an amine formazan group and a urea group), a fluorenyl group, Imino, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfate, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonate, sulfonamide, sulfonamide, nitro, trifluoromethyl A cyano group, a cyano group, an azido group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylaryl group, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. The term "mercaptoamine group" includes a moiety in which a thiol moiety is bonded to an amine group. For example, 'the term includes alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, aminemethanyl, and ureido. The term "alkoxy" includes substituted and unsubstituted alkyl, dilute and block groups covalently bonded to an oxygen atom. Examples of alkoxy groups include decyloxy and ethoxy groups. a group, an isopropoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group, and a pentyloxy group and may include a cyclic group such as a cyclopentyloxy group. Examples of the substituted methoxy group include a chiral alkane Oxyl group. These alkoxy groups may be substituted, for example, by the following groups: a dilute group, a fast group, a south group, a thiol group, an alkyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group. Oxyl, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkane Oxygen, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, cyano, amine (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamine, diaryl) Amino group and alkyl aryl amine I21012.doc • 77· 1342310 base), mercaptoamine group (including alkylcarbonylamino group, arylcarbonylamino group, amine fluorenyl group and gland group)' fluorenyl group Amine, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfate, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonate, amidoxime, sulfonamide, nitro, trifluoromethyl a cyano group, an azido group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylaryl group, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Examples of alkoxy groups substituted by themselves include, but are not limited to, methoxy groups, Fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, methoxy, dimethoxy, trisethoxy, etc. The term "carbonyl" or "carboxy" includes inclusion of a double bond to an oxygen atom. Carbon compounds and moieties and their tautomeric forms. Examples of the moiety containing a carbonyl group include an aldehyde, a ketone, a carboxylic acid, a decylamine, an ester, an anhydride, and the like. The term "carboxy moiety or carbonyl moiety" refers to a group such as a "alkyl carbonyl group" wherein the alkyl group is covalently bonded to a carbonyl group;, an alkenylcarbonyl group; Wherein the alkenyl group is covalently bonded to the carbonyl group; "alkynylcarbonyl" group, wherein the alkynyl group is covalently bonded to the carbonyl group;, an arylcarbonyl group, Wherein the aryl group is covalently attached to the carbonyl group. Furthermore, the term also refers to a group in which one or more heteroatoms are covalently bonded to a carbonyl moiety. For example, the term includes the following individual moieties: for example, an amine carbonyl moiety (wherein the nitrogen atom is bonded to a carbon of a carbonyl group, for example, a decylamine); an amine carbonyloxy moiety, wherein the oxygen And both of the nitrogen atoms are carbon bonded to the carbonyl group (for example, also known as "urethane"). Further, an aminocarbonylamino group (e.g., urea) also includes other combinations of carbonyl groups bonded to a hetero atom (e.g., nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, etc., and a carbon atom). Further, the hetero atom may be further substituted with one or more alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, 121012.doc •78-aralkyl, fluorenyl and the like. The term "thiocarbonyl" or "thiocarboxyl, a compound and moiety of a carbon containing a sulfur atom. The words are like parts of a few base parts. For example, the inclusion includes a double bond to the "thiocarbonyl moiety" includes a "thiocarbonyl moiety comprising an aminothio group wherein the amine group is bonded to the thio a carbon atom of a carbonyl group,

碳原子)、胺基硫代羰基胺基基團等。 術語”醚"包括包含鍵結至兩個不同碳原子或雜原子之氧 之化合物或部分。舉例而言,該術語包括"烧氧基烷基”, 其係指共價鍵結至氧原子且該氧原子係共價鍵結至另—烷 基基團之烷基、烯基或炔基基團。 術語"醋"包括包含鍵結至氧原子且該氧原子係鍵結至羰 基基图之叙之碳或雜原子的化合物及部分。該術語”酿"包 括烷氧基羧基基團,例如曱氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧 基羰基、丁氡基羰基、戊氧基羰基等。該烷基、烯基或炔 基基團皆如上文所定義。 術語"硫醚"包括包含鍵結至兩個不同碳或雜原子之硫原 子之化合物及部分。硫醚之實例包括(但不限於)烷硫基烷 基、烷硫基烯基及烷硫基炔基。術語"烷硫基烷基”包括具 有鍵結至硫原子且該硫原子係鍵結至烷基基團之烷基、烯 基或炔基基團之化合物。類似地’術語”烷硫基烯基,,及"烷 硫基快基”係指其中烷基、烯基或炔基基團係鍵結至硫原 子且該硫原子係共價鍵結至炔基基團之化合物或部分。A carbon atom), an aminothiocarbonylamino group, and the like. The term "ether" includes a compound or moiety comprising an oxygen bonded to two different carbon or heteroatoms. For example, the term includes "alkoxyalkyl" which refers to covalent bonding to oxygen An atom and the oxygen atom is covalently bonded to an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group of the other alkyl group. The term "vinegar" includes compounds and moieties comprising a carbon or heteroatom bonded to an oxygen atom and bonded to the carbonyl group. The term "brewed" includes alkoxycarboxy groups such as decyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butanylcarbonyl, pentoxycarbonyl, etc. The alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group. All are as defined above. The term "thioether" includes compounds and moieties comprising sulfur atoms bonded to two different carbon or heteroatoms. Examples of thioethers include, but are not limited to, alkylthioalkyl, alkane Thioalkenyl and alkylthioalkynyl. The term "alkylthioalkyl" includes an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group having a bond to a sulfur atom and bonded to the alkyl group. Compound. Similarly, the term 'alkylenethioalkyl," and "alkylthio" are those in which an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group is bonded to a sulfur atom and the sulfur atom is covalently bonded to A compound or moiety of an alkynyl group.

術語"經基(hydroxy)"或"羥基(hydroxy〇,,包括具有_〇H 121012.doc •79- 1342310 或-〇·之基團。 A術π鹵素包括氟、溴、氣、碘等。術語"經全鹵代"通 常係指其中所有氫皆由自素原子替代之部分。 術語"多環基"或"多環基團"包括具有兩個或更多個環之 部分(例如’環烷基、環稀基、環快基、芳基及/或雜環 基)’其中兩個或更多個碳為兩個鄰接環所共有,舉例而 5,該等環係"稠合環"。經由非鄰接原子連接之環稱為,,橋 接環。多元環之該等環之每一個皆可經如上所述此等取 代基取代,舉例而言,例如齒素、羥基、烷基羰氧基、芳 基裁氧基、絲基縣基、芳氧基幾氧基、㈣根基、炫 基幾基、&減減、炫基胺基基胺基幾基、 烯基胺基羰基、烷基羰基、芳基羰基、芳烷基羰基、烯基 羰基、胺基羰基、烷硫基羰基、烷氧基、磷酸根基、膦酸 根基、次膦酸根基、氰基、胺基(包括烷基胺基、二烷基 胺基、芳基胺基、二芳基胺基及烷基芳基胺基)'醯基胺 基(包括烷基羰基胺基、芳基羰基胺基、胺甲醯基及脲 基)、脒基、亞胺基、巯基、烷硫基、芳硫基、硫代羧酸 根基、硫酸根基、烷基亞磺醯基、磺酸根基、胺磺醯基、 磺酿胺基、硝基、三氟甲基、氰基、疊氮基、雜環基、烷 基、烷基芳基、或芳香族或雜芳香族部分。 術語"雜原子"包括除碳或氫以外任何元素之原子。較佳 之雜原子係氮、氧、硫及磷。 另外,短§吾其任一組合"意味著任一數量的所列官能基 團及分子可進行組合以產生更大的分子結構。舉例而言, I2I012.doc * 80 - 1342310 術語”苯基"、"羰基,,(或"=〇,,)、"-〇' ·,-0Η*,及C〗6 (即,_CH3 及-CH2CH2CH2-)可進行組合以形成3-曱氧基-4-丙氧基苯甲 酸取代基。吾人應瞭解當組合官能基團及分子以產生更大 分子結構時,可根據需要去除或添加氫以使每個原子之化 合價達到飽和。 吾人應瞭解上文所述本發明所有化合物根據需要將進一 步包括介於鄰接原子及/或氫之間之鍵結以使每個原子之 化合價達到飽和。即’添加鍵結及/或氫原子以將以下數 • 量的總鍵結提供至下列類型原子之每一個:碳:四個鍵 结;氮:三個鍵結;氡:兩個鍵結;及硫:兩個至六個鍵 結0The term "hydroxy" or "hydroxyl, includes a group having _〇H 121012.doc •79-1342310 or -〇·. A π halogen includes fluorine, bromine, gas, Iodine, etc. The term "perhalogenated" usually refers to the part in which all hydrogen is replaced by a self-atomic atom. The term "polycyclic group" or "polycyclic group" includes two or more a portion of a plurality of rings (eg, 'cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cyclo, aryl, and/or heterocyclyl)' wherein two or more carbons are shared by two adjacent rings, for example 5, The ring system "fused ring" is referred to as a ring connected by a non-contiguous atom, a bridged ring. Each of the rings of the plurality of rings may be substituted by such substituents as described above, for example , for example, dentate, hydroxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, aryloxy, fluorenyl, aryloxyoxy, (tetra), thiol, & reduced, serotonyl amine Alkyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxy Base, phosphate, phosphonate, phosphinate, cyano, amine (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamine and alkylarylamine) 'Hydrazinylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, aminemethanyl and ureido), fluorenyl, imido, fluorenyl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate , sulfate group, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonate, sulfonamide, sulfonylamino, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azide, heterocyclic, alkyl, alkyl a group, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. The term "heteroatom" includes atoms other than carbon or hydrogen. Preferred heteroatoms are nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus. Combination " means that any number of the listed functional groups and molecules can be combined to give a larger molecular structure. For example, I2I012.doc * 80 - 1342310 The term "phenyl", "quot; carbonyl, (or "=〇,,), "-〇' ·,-0Η*, and C〗 6 (ie, _CH3 and -CH2CH2CH2-) can be combined to form 3-曱Substituted 4-propoxybenzoic acid substituents. It should be understood that when functional groups and molecules are combined to produce a larger molecular structure, hydrogen can be removed or added as needed to saturate the valence of each atom. All of the compounds of the present invention described above will further include, as needed, a bond between adjacent atoms and/or hydrogen to saturate the valence of each atom. That is, 'add a bond and/or a hydrogen atom to the following number • The total bond of the quantity is supplied to each of the following types of atoms: carbon: four bonds; nitrogen: three bonds; 氡: two bonds; and sulfur: two to six bonds

應注意,本發明某些化合物之結構包括不對稱碳原子。 因此,吾人應瞭解由該不對稱產生之同分異構體(例如, 所有對映異構體、立體異構體、旋轉異構體、互變異構 體、非對映異構體或外消旋體)納入本發明範圍内。此等 同分異構體可以大體上純淨之形式藉由經典分離技術及藉 由立體化學控制合成獲得。此外,本中請案巾所#論結構 及其他化合物及部分亦包括其所有互變異構體。本文所述 化合物可經由業内認可之合成策略獲得。 。人亦應注意本發明某些化合物之取代基包括同分異構 體環狀結構。因此,吾人應瞭解具體取代基之各個奸構同 分異構體皆納入本發明範圍内’除非另有說明。舉例而 言,術語”四啥"包括四吐、2//·四唾、3仏四啥、四咬 及5//-四吐。 ,21012 d〇C -8,- 1342310 細菌感染中之用途 本發明化合物具有有價值的藥理特性並用來治療疾病。 在某些實施例中,本發明化合物係用來治療細菌感染。 術語’'用途”包括任何一個或多個下列本發明實施例,分 別係:治療細菌感染中之用途;製造用於治療該等疾病之 醫藥組合物(例如,製造藥劑中)之用途;治療該等疾病中 使用本發明化合物之方法;含有本發明化合物用於治療該 等疾病之藥物製劑;及用於治療該等疾病之本發明化合 物;適宜及有利時,若未另加說明。具體而言,欲治療且 因此對於使用本發明化合物較佳之疾病係選自細菌感染以 及取決於EF-Tu活性之彼等疾病。該術語"用途"進—步包 括本文組合物之實施例,該等組合物充分鍵結至 白以用作示蹤劑或標誌,以便當偶合至螢光劑或標記或變 得具有放射性時,可用作研究試劑或用作診斷劑或顯影 劑。 在某些實施例中,本發明化合物係用於治療與EF_Tu有 關之疾病,且使用本發明化合物作為任何一種或多種It should be noted that the structures of certain compounds of the invention include asymmetric carbon atoms. Therefore, we should be aware of the isomers produced by this asymmetry (for example, all enantiomers, stereoisomers, rotamers, tautomers, diastereomers or exosomes) Spiral) is included within the scope of the invention. Such isomers can be obtained in a substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. In addition, the structure and other compounds and parts of the case are also included in all tautomers. The compounds described herein are available through industry recognized synthetic strategies. . It should also be noted that the substituents of certain compounds of the invention include isomeric cyclic structures. Therefore, it should be understood that the individual isomers of the specific substituents are included in the scope of the invention unless otherwise stated. For example, the term "four 啥" includes four vomits, 2//. four saliva, three 仏 four 啥, four bites, and 5//- four vomits. 21012 d〇C -8, - 1342310 Uses The compounds of the invention have valuable pharmacological properties and are useful in the treatment of diseases.In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention are used to treat bacterial infections. The term ''uses'' includes any one or more of the following examples of the invention, respectively The use of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of such diseases (for example, in the manufacture of a medicament); the use of a compound of the invention in the treatment of such diseases; the use of a compound of the invention for the treatment of Pharmaceutical preparations of such diseases; and compounds of the invention for use in the treatment of such diseases; where appropriate and advantageous, unless otherwise stated. In particular, the diseases to be treated and thus preferred for the use of the compounds of the invention are selected from bacterial infections and those diseases which depend on EF-Tu activity. The term "use" further includes embodiments of the compositions herein, which are sufficiently bonded to white for use as a tracer or marker for coupling to a fluorescent agent or label or becoming radioactive. It can be used as a research reagent or as a diagnostic or developer. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention are used to treat a disease associated with EF_Tu, and the compounds of the invention are used as any one or more

Tu蛋白之抑制劑。吾人預計一種用途可為抑制一種或多種 EF-Tu同型異構體之治療藥物。 分析 藉由本發明化合物抑制抗細菌活性可传田眚如l J 1之用某内可利用的 多數分析實施量測。該分析之實例係根據(^以指導原則實 施之標準最小抑制劑濃度(MIC)測試。 ' 餐藥級合物 I210l2.doc 、82 · 1342310 用語化合物之”有效量"係必需或足以治療或預防細菌感 染之量’例如預防細菌感染之各種形態學及軀體症狀,及/ 或本文所述疾病或病況。在一實例中,本發明化合物之有 效里係足以治療個體中細菌感染之量。該有效量可端視諸 如個體個頭及體重、疾病類型或本發明具體化合物等因素 而變化。舉例而言,本發明化合物之選擇可影響"有效量" 之構成。普通熟習此項技術者應能對本文所包含之因素進 仃研究並作出關於本發明化合物之有效量的決定而無需過 多實驗。 者可為濃’主。此外’依據治療或預防情況的緊急程度,本 發明化合物之劑I可按比例增加或降低。 本發明化合物可用於、;a ·底l + ~ ^ 用於&療如本文所述之病況、病症或疾Inhibitor of Tu protein. One person is expected to be a therapeutic agent for inhibiting one or more EF-Tu isoforms. Analysis The inhibition of antibacterial activity by the compounds of the invention can be measured by the majority of assays available in the field. An example of this analysis is based on the standard minimum inhibitor concentration (MIC) test performed by the guidelines. 'Meal drug grades I210l2.doc, 82 · 1342310 The "effective amount" of the compound used is necessary or sufficient to treat or The amount of bacterial infection is prevented 'for example, to prevent various morphological and physical symptoms of bacterial infection, and/or the diseases or conditions described herein. In one example, the effective amount of the compound of the invention is sufficient to treat the bacterial infection in an individual. An effective amount may vary depending on factors such as individual size and body weight, type of disease, or a particular compound of the invention. For example, the choice of a compound of the invention may affect the composition of "effective amount". The factors contained herein can be studied and the determination of the effective amount of the compound of the present invention can be made without undue experimentation. It can be a concentrated 'main. In addition, 'the agent I of the compound according to the urgency of the treatment or prevention situation It can be increased or decreased proportionally. The compound of the present invention can be used for; a · bottom l + ~ ^ for & treatment as described herein, disease, disease Symptom or disease

投予方案可影響有效量之構成。本發明化合物可在細菌 感木開始之别或之後投予個體。此外,若干分開劑量以及 錯開劑量可每天或依次投予,或者該劑量可連續輸注,或 病’或者用於製造用來底 用术/σ療該等疾病之醫藥組合物。使用 本發明化合物治療該笨诚;、生 '、寺疾病之方法’或含有本發明化合物 用於治療該等疾病之醫藥製劑。 2語"醫藥組合物,,包括適於投予哺乳動物(例如人類)之 ^劑。當本發明化合物係作為藥物投予哺乳動物(例如人 Α日〇 ’其可以原狀或作為包含(例如)〇.1至99.5〇/〇(更佳 為,0.5至90%)活性志并 醫藥組合㈣h 合有醫藥上可接受之載劑之 短語”醫藥上可接受 之栽劑’’在業内係公認的且包括適合 121012,doc -83- 1342310 將本發明化合物投予 一 合物或媒劑。該等載 之醫藥上可接受之材料、組 賦形劑、溶劑或封褒材Γ液體或固體填充劑、稀釋劑、 或體之部分攜帶或轉移至另將目標藥劑由-器官 與調配物其他成份相容 =s 3該體之另—部分。在 必須係"可接受的”。竿,害患者之意義上,每-載劑 料的實例包括:聰類作醫藥上可接受之載劑之材 例如玉米殿粉及馬鈴著礼糖、葡萄糖及嚴糖;殿粉, 曱基纖維素鈉、乙基敏雊“ 物例如叛 來芽.明朦.,、,,·素及乙酸纖維素;粉狀磺蓍膠; 麥芽,明膠,滑石粉.秘 ^ 類,例如m 例如可可油及栓劑蠛;油 類,例如化生油、棉杯 ,^ , / 、、工化油、芝麻油、橄欖油、玉 术油及旦油,二醇猫 a .例如丙二醇;多元醇類,例如甘 油、山梨醉、甘露醇及 月桂酸乙醋H緩衝曰類’例如油酸乙醋及 $月曰,緩衝劑’例如氫氧化鎂及氫氧化結; 海漆酉夂;無致熱源的水;等滲鹽水;林格氏溶液邮的 solution);乙醇;磷酸睡 贊鹽緩衝溶液;及其他用於醫藥調配 物中之無毒相容物質。 潤濕劑、乳化劑及潤滑劑(例如月桂基硫酸納及硬脂酸 ㈤以及著色劑、脫離劑、包覆劑、甜味劑、矮味劑及加 香劑、防腐劑及抗氧化劑亦可存在於該等組合物令。 醫藥上可接受之抗氧化劑之實例包括:水溶性抗氧化 劑’例如抗壞血酸、鹽酸半胱胺酸、硫酸氣納、偏亞硫酸 氫納:亞硫酸納及諸如此類;油溶性抗氧化劑,例如栋掷 酸抗壞血酯、丁基化羥基苯甲醚(BHA)、丁基化羥基甲苯 1210I2.doc -84- 1342310 (ΒΗΤ)、卵碟脂 '沒食子酸丙酯' α_生育酚、及諸如此 類;及金屬螯合劑,例如檸檬酸、乙二胺四乙酸 (EDTA)、山梨醇、酒石酸、磷酸及諸如此類。 本發明調配物包括彼等適合經口、經鼻、局部、口含、 舌下、直腸、陰道及/或非經腸投予。該等調配物可方便 地以單位劑型存在且可藉由製藥技術中熟知之任何方法製 備。可與載劑材料組合以產生單獨劑型之活性成份之量通 常應為產生治療效果之該化合物的量。一般而言,除 100°/❶外,該活性成份之量可介於約1 %至約99%之間,較 佳約5%至約70%,最佳約10%至約30%。 製備該等調配物或組合物之方法包括使本發明化合物與 載劑及(視情況)一或多種辅助成份混合之步驟。一般而 έ ’ s玄等調配物藉由以下製備:使本發明化合物與液體載 劑或微細分散固體載劑或二者均勻且充分地混合,且隨後 (若必要)使產物成形。 適於經口投予之本發明調配物可呈下列形式:膠囊、扁 囊劑、丸劑、錠劑、菱形錠劑(使用調味基質,通常為蔗 糖及阿拉伯膠或磺蓍膠)、粉劑、顆粒;或作為存於含水 或不含水液體中之溶液或懸浮液形式:或作為水包油型或 油包水型液體乳液;或作為酏劑或糖漿;或作為軟錠劑 (使用惰性基質,例如明膠及甘油、或蔗糖及阿拉伯膠)及/ 或作為漱口劑及諸如此類,各自皆包含預定量的本發明化 合物作為活性成份。本發明化合物亦可作為大丸劑、纸劑 或糊劑投予。 12l012.doc -85· 在用於經口投予之本發明固體劑型(膠囊、紋劑、丸 劑、糖衣藥九、粉劑、顆粒及諸如此類)中,活性成份tr 與一或多種醫藥上可接受之載劑(例如檸檬酸鈉或磷酸氫 舞)及/或任一以下成份混合:填充劑或增量劑,例如殿 粉、乳糖、蔗糖、葡萄糖、甘露醇及/或矽酸;黏合劑, 例如(舉例而言)羧曱基纖維素、藻酸鹽、明膠、聚乙烯0比 11各咬酮、蔗糖及/或阿拉伯膠;保濕劑,例如甘油;崩解 劑’例如瓊脂、碳酸鈣、馬鈴薯或木薯澱粉、海藻酸、某 些矽酸鹽及碳酸鈉;溶液阻滞劑,例如石蠟;吸收加速 劑,例如第四銨化合物;潤濕劑,例如(舉例而言)十六烷 醇及甘油單硬脂酸酯;吸收劑,例如高嶺土及膨潤土;潤 滑劑,例如滑石粉、硬脂酸鈣、硬脂酸鎂、固體聚乙二 醇、月桂基硫酸納及其混合物;及著色劑。在膠囊、鍵劑 及丸劑之情況下,該醫藥組合物亦可包括緩衝劑。在使用 諸如乳糖(lactose或milk sugar)以及高分子量聚乙二醇及諸 如此類賦形劑之軟質及硬質填充明膠膠囊中,亦可使用類 似類型的固體組合物作為填充劑。 可藉由壓製或模壓製備錠劑,其視情況含有—或多種助 劑成份。壓製錠劑可使用黏合劑(例如,明膠或羥丙基甲 基纖維素)、潤㈣、惰性稀釋劑、防制1解劑(例 如,經乙酸澱粉納或交聯缓甲基纖維素納)、表面活性劑 或分散劑來製備。模製錠劑可藉由在適宜機器中模製經惰 性液體稀釋劑潤濕之粉末狀化合物之混合物來製備。 本發明醫藥組合物之錠劑及其他固體劑型(例如糖衣藥 121012.doc -86 * 、膠囊、丸劑及顆粒)視情況可經刻痕或使用諸如腸溶 骐及其他醫藥調配技術中熟知之包臈等包膜及外殼製 備。亦可使用(例如)為提供期望釋放特徵之不同比例的羥 甲基纖維素、其他聚合物基質、脂質體及/或微球體 、進行調配以便在其中提供活性成份之緩慢或控制釋 。該等固體劑型可藉由(例如)通過細菌截留過濾器過濾 ,藉由納入杈菌劑來滅菌,該等滅菌劑呈可在剛好使用前 ;’,’、菌水或某些其他無菌可注射介質中之無菌固體組合 物形式。料組合物亦可視情況包含遮光劑且亦可視情況 為乂 I遲方式僅(或優先)在胃腸道之某一部分中釋放活性 成伤之組合物。可用包埋組合物之實例包括聚合物及蠟。 若適且該/舌性成份亦可呈含有一或多種上述賦形劑之微 膠囊形式。 用於本發明化合物經口投予之液體劑型包括醫藥上可接 爻之礼液、微乳液、溶液、懸浮液、糖漿及酏劑。除活性 成份以外,該等液體劑型可包含此項技術中常用的惰性稀 釋劑,例如(舉例而言)水或其他溶劑、增溶劑及乳化劑, 例如,乙醇、異丙醇、碳酸乙酯、乙酸乙酯、苄醇、苯甲 酸苄酯、丙二醇、1,3·丁二醇、油(具體而言,棉籽油、花 生油、玉米油、胚芽油、橄欖油、蓖麻油及芝麻油)、甘 油、四氫呋喃醇、聚乙二醇及山梨糖醇酐脂肪酸酯及其混 合物。 除惰性稀釋劑之外,該等口服組合物亦可包括佐劑,例 如,潤濕劑、乳化劑及懸浮劑、甜味劑、矯味劑、著色 121012.doc •87· 1342310 劑、加香劑及防腐劑。 除活性化合物以外,懸浮液亦玎包含懸浮劑,例如(舉 例而言)經乙氧基化之異硬脂醇、聚氧乙烯山梨糖醇及山 梨糖醇酐酯、微晶纖維素、偏氫氧化鋁、膨潤土、瓊脂及 磺蓍膠及其混合物。The investment scheme can affect the composition of the effective amount. The compounds of the invention may be administered to an individual at or after the start of the bacterial sensation. In addition, several divided doses and staggered doses may be administered daily or sequentially, or the dose may be infused continuously, or may be used to make a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of such diseases. The compound of the present invention is used to treat the ridiculous; the method of the disease, the disease of the temple, or the pharmaceutical preparation containing the compound of the present invention for treating the disease. A "pharmaceutical composition," comprising a agent suitable for administration to a mammal, such as a human. When the compound of the present invention is administered as a medicament to a mammal (e.g., human sputum 'which may be as it is or as, for example, 〇.1 to 99.5 〇/〇 (more preferably, 0.5 to 90%) active medicinal combination (d) h The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is used in the art and is recognized in the art and includes suitable compounds 121012, doc-83-1342310 to administer a compound of the invention to a compound or medium. The pharmaceutically acceptable materials, group excipients, solvents or sealants, liquid or solid fillers, diluents, or part of the body are carried or transferred to another target agent by - organ and blending Other ingredients are compatible = s 3 other part of the body. It must be "acceptable". In the sense of harm to the patient, examples of per-carrier materials include: Congzhi is pharmaceutically acceptable. The carrier materials such as corn temple powder and horse bells are sugar, glucose and sugar; temple powder, sodium sulfonate sodium, ethyl sensitizers such as rebel buds, alum, and, Cellulose acetate; powdered sulfonate gum; malt, gelatin, talcum powder. Such as m such as cocoa butter and suppository 蠛; oils, such as chemical oil, cotton cup, ^, /,, chemical oil, sesame oil, olive oil, jade oil and denier oil, diol cat a. Such as propylene glycol; Alcohols such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and lauric acid vinegar H buffer ' 'such as oleic acid vinegar and 曰 曰, buffers such as magnesium hydroxide and hydroxide; sea lacquer 无; Heat source water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution solution; ethanol; Phosphate Phosphate buffer solution; and other non-toxic compatible substances used in pharmaceutical formulations. Wetting agents, emulsifiers and lubricants ( For example, sodium lauryl sulfate and stearic acid (five) as well as coloring agents, release agents, coating agents, sweeteners, dwarfing agents and flavoring agents, preservatives and antioxidants may also be present in such compositions. Examples of acceptable antioxidants include: water-soluble antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, cysteine hydrochloride, sodium sulphate, sodium metabisulfite: sodium sulfite, and the like; oil-soluble antioxidants such as Blood ester, butylated hydroxyanisole BHA), butylated hydroxytoluene 1210I2.doc -84- 1342310 (ΒΗΤ), egg fat 'propyl gallate' alpha tocopherol, and the like; and metal chelating agents such as citric acid, ethylenediamine Tetraacetic acid (EDTA), sorbitol, tartaric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. The formulations of the present invention include those suitable for oral, nasal, topical, buccal, sublingual, rectal, vaginal and/or parenteral administration. Isoforms may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. The amount of active ingredient which may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a separate dosage form will generally be the amount of the compound which produces a therapeutic effect. In general, the amount of active ingredient may range from about 1% to about 99%, preferably from about 5% to about 70%, optimally from about 10% to about 30%, in addition to 100°/❶. Methods of preparing such formulations or compositions include the step of bringing into association a compound of the invention with a carrier and, optionally, one or more accessory ingredients. In general, the ’'s meta-equivalent formulation is prepared by uniformly and thoroughly mixing the compound of the present invention with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product. The formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be in the form of capsules, cachets, pills, lozenges, lozenges (using a flavoring base, usually sucrose and gum arabic or sulphonate), powders, granules Or as a solution or suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid: either as an oil-in-water or water-in-oil liquid emulsion; or as an elixir or syrup; or as a soft lozenge (using an inert substrate, for example Gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and gum arabic) and/or as mouthwashes and the like, each comprise a predetermined amount of a compound of the invention as an active ingredient. The compounds of the invention may also be administered as a bolus, paper or paste. 12l012.doc -85. In the solid dosage form (capsules, granules, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like) of the present invention for oral administration, the active ingredient tr and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable substances A carrier (such as sodium citrate or hydrogen phosphate dance) and/or any of the following ingredients: a filler or extender such as powder, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol and/or citric acid; (for example) carboxymethyl cellulose, alginate, gelatin, polyethylene 0 to 11 ketones, sucrose and/or gum arabic; humectants such as glycerin; disintegrants such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato Or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain citrates and sodium carbonate; solution retarders such as paraffin; absorption accelerators such as the fourth ammonium compound; wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol Monostearate; absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite; lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycol, sodium lauryl sulfate and mixtures thereof; and color formers. In the case of capsules, binders and pills, the pharmaceutical compositions may also include buffering agents. Solid and similar types of solid compositions can also be used as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules such as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. Tablets may be prepared by compression or molding, optionally containing - or a plurality of adjuvant ingredients. For the compressed tablets, a binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), a moisturizing agent (iv), an inert diluent, a control solution (for example, sodium acetate acetate or crosslinked methylcellulose) can be used. Prepared with a surfactant or a dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be prepared by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets and other solid dosage forms of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention (e.g., dragees 121012.doc-86*, capsules, pills, and granules) may optionally be scored or used in packages such as enteric mash and other pharmaceutical formulation techniques.臈 and other envelope and shell preparation. It is also possible to formulate, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose, other polymer matrices, liposomes and/or microspheres in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile for providing slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein. The solid dosage forms can be sterilized by, for example, filtration through a bacterial retention filter, by incorporation of a bactericidal agent, which can be used just prior to use; ',', bacterial water or some other sterile injectable A sterile solid composition in the form of a medium. The composition may also optionally contain an opacifying agent and, where appropriate, a composition which is active (or preferentially) in a portion of the gastrointestinal tract. Examples of useful embedding compositions include polymers and waxes. Suitably, the/tongue component may also be in the form of a microcapsule containing one or more of the above excipients. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration of the compounds of the present invention include pharmaceutically acceptable remedies, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. These liquid dosage forms may contain, in addition to the active ingredient, inert diluents conventionally employed in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizers and emulsifiers, for example, ethanol, isopropanol, ethyl carbonate, Ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butanediol, oil (specifically, cottonseed oil, peanut oil, corn oil, germ oil, olive oil, castor oil and sesame oil), glycerin, Tetrahydrofuranol, polyethylene glycol, and sorbitan fatty acid esters, and mixtures thereof. Besides the inert diluent, the oral compositions may also include adjuvants, for example, wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening agents, flavoring agents, coloring 121012.doc • 87· 1342310, flavoring agents And preservatives. In addition to the active compound, the suspension also contains suspending agents such as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohol, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, hydrogen partial hydrogen. Alumina, bentonite, agar and sulfonamide and mixtures thereof.

用於直腸或陰道投予之本發明醫藥組合物之調配物可以 栓劑形式存在,其可藉由使—或多種本發明化合物與一或 多種適宜非刺激性賦形劑或載劑混合來製備,該等非刺激 性賦形劑或載劑包括(例如)可可油、聚乙二醇、栓劑蠟或 水楊酸酯,且其在室溫下係固體,但在體溫下係液體,因 此將在直腸或陰道腔中溶解並釋放該活性化合物。 適合陰道投予之本發明調配物亦包括包含如業内已習知 適宜之該等載劑之陰道栓、陰道塞、乳霜、凝膠、糊劑、 泡沫或噴霧調配物。Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented in the form of a suppository, which may be prepared by admixing the compound or compounds of the present invention with one or more suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers. Such non-irritating excipients or carriers include, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, suppository wax or salicylate, and which are solid at room temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore will The active compound is dissolved and released in the rectum or vaginal cavity. Formulations of the invention suitable for vaginal administration also include pessaries, vaginal plugs, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing such carriers as are conventionally known in the art.

用於本發明化合物局部或經皮投予之劑型包括粉劑、喷 霧劑 '軟膏、糊劑、乳霜、洗液、凝膠、溶液、貼劑及吸 入劑。該活性化合物可在無菌條件下與醫藥上可接受之載 劑並與可能所需的任何防腐劑、緩衝劑或推進劑混合。 該等軟膏、糊劑、乳霜及凝 除本發明活性化合物之外 膠可含有賦形劑,例如動物及楂物脂肪、油、蠟、石蠟 聚乙二醇、聚矽氧、膨潤 澱粉、磺蓍膠、纖維素衍生物 土、妙酸、滑石粉和氧化鋅或其混合物。 除本發明化合物之外,粉劑及噴霧劑可含有賦形劑,例 乳糖⑺石私 '石夕酸、氬氣化紐、{夕酸奸及聚酿胺粉末 121012.doc -88· 1342310 或該等物質之混合物>噴霧劑可另外含有常用推進劑,例 如氣氟烴類及揮發性未經取代之烴類,例如丁烷及丙烧。 經皮貼劑具有額外優點’即提供本發明化合物至身體之 控制遞送。該等劑型可藉由將化合物溶於或分散於適當介 質中而製備。亦可使用吸收促進劑來增加該化合物融化經 過皮膚的流量》此流量之速率可藉由提供速率控制膜或將 活性化合物分散於聚合物基質或凝膠中來加以控制。 眼用調配物、眼用軟膏、粉劑、溶液及諸如此類亦涵蓋 於本發明範圍内。 適用於非經腸投予之本發明醫藥組合物包括一或多種本 發明化合物以及一或多種醫藥上可接受之無菌等滲之含水 或不含水溶液、分散液、懸浮液或乳液、或無菌粉劑,該 等無菌粉劑可在剛好使用前重構成無菌可注射溶液或分散 液’該等醫藥組合物可含有抗氧化劑、緩衝劑、抑菌劑、 可使調配物與預期接受者之血液等滲之溶質或懸浮劑或增 稍劑。 可用於本發明醫藥組合物之適宜水性及非水性載劑之實 例包括水、乙醇、多元醇(例如,甘油、丙二醇、聚乙二 醇及諸如此類)及其適宜混合物、植物油(例如橄欖油)及可 注射用有機酯(例如油酸乙酯適宜流動性可藉由(例如) 下列來維持:使用諸如卵磷酯等包覆材料,倘若為分散液 則藉助維持所需粒徑,以及使用表面活性劑。 該等組合物亦可包含佐劑,例如防腐劑、潤濕劑、乳化 劑及分散劑。微生物作用之預防可藉由引入各種抗細菌及 121012.doc •89- 1342310 抗真菌劑來確保,舉例而言,對羥基苯甲酸、氣丁醇、笨 酚山梨酸及諸如此類。該等組合物中亦可期望納入等= 劑,例如骑類、氣化鋼及諸如此類。另外,藉由納入延: 吸收之試劑(例如,單硬脂酸鋁及明膠)可達成可注射醫藥 形式之長效吸收。 、Dosage forms for topical or transdermal administration of the compounds of the present invention include powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches, and inhalants. The active compound can be mixed under sterile conditions with apharmaceutically acceptable carrier and any preservative, buffer or propellant which may be required. Such ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain excipients such as animal and fats, oils, waxes, paraffin polyethylene glycols, polyfluorene oxides, swollen starches, sulphur. Silicone, cellulose derivative soil, acid, talc and zinc oxide or a mixture thereof. In addition to the compound of the present invention, the powder and the spray may contain excipients, such as lactose (7), Shi's private, argon, arsenic, and arsenic powder 121012.doc -88· 1342310 or Mixtures of other materials> Sprays may additionally contain conventional propellants such as fluorocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons such as butane and propane. Transdermal patches have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of the compounds of the invention to the body. Such dosage forms can be prepared by dissolving or dispersing the compound in a suitable medium. Absorption enhancers can also be used to increase the rate at which the compound melts through the skin. The rate of this flow can be controlled by providing a rate controlling membrane or dispersing the active compound in a polymer matrix or gel. Ophthalmic formulations, ophthalmic ointments, powders, solutions and the like are also encompassed within the scope of the invention. Pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention suitable for parenteral administration comprise one or more compounds of the invention together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or nonaqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders The sterile powders may be reconstituted as a sterile injectable solution or dispersion before use. The pharmaceutical compositions may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostatic agents, and may render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient. Solute or suspending agent or enhancer. Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous vehicles which may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention include water, ethanol, polyols (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils (e.g., olive oil), and Injectable organic esters (e.g., ethyl oleate suitable flowability can be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials such as lecithin, in the case of dispersions, by maintaining the desired particle size, and by using surface actives The compositions may also contain adjuvants such as preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents and dispersing agents. The prevention of microbial action can be ensured by the introduction of various antibacterial agents and 121012.doc •89-1342310 antifungal agents. For example, p-hydroxybenzoic acid, butyl alcohol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like. It is also desirable to include such agents in such compositions, such as riding, gasification, and the like. : Absorbing agents (eg, aluminum monostearate and gelatin) provide long-lasting absorption in injectable pharmaceutical forms.

在某些情況下,為延長藥物功效,需要減緩來自皮下或 肌内注射t藥物的吸收。㈣藉助具有較差水溶性之結晶 或非晶形材料之液態懸浮液來達成。因而,藥物吸收二: 需視其溶解速率而冑,而溶解速率又可視晶體大小及結晶 形式而定。或者,可藉由將非經腸投予之藥物溶解或懸浮 於油媒劑_來達成該藥物形式之延時吸收。 注射用儲積形式係藉由於生物可降解聚合物(例如聚交 醋-聚乙醇酸交脂)中形成目標化合物之微膠囊基質而製 備。端視藥物與聚合物之比例及所用具體聚合物之屬性,In some cases, in order to prolong the efficacy of the drug, it is necessary to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. (d) by means of a liquid suspension of a crystalline or amorphous material having a poor water solubility. Thus, drug absorption 2: depends on its dissolution rate, and the dissolution rate depends on the crystal size and crystal form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of the drug form can be achieved by dissolving or suspending the parenterally administered drug in an oil vehicle. The injectable storage form is prepared by forming a microcapsule matrix of the target compound in a biodegradable polymer such as polyacetamide-polyglycolic acid. Looking at the ratio of drug to polymer and the properties of the particular polymer used,

可控制藥物釋放速率。其他生物可降解聚合物之實例包括 聚(原馱s曰)及聚(酸酐)。儲積注射用調配物亦可藉由將藥 物包袠人與身體組織相容之脂質體或微乳化液中來製備。 本發明製劑可經口、非經腸、局部或直腸給予。當然, °玄等係以適於每種投予路徑之形式給予。舉例而言,該等 係、錠劑或膠囊形式藉由注射、吸入投予,以眼睛洗劑、 軟膏,栓劑等形式藉由注射、輸注或吸入投予;以洗劑或 軟膏形式局部投予;及以栓劑形式直腸投予。經口及/或 IV投予較佳。 本文所用紐語”非經腸投予&quot;及&quot;以非經腸方式投予&quot;意指 121012.doc 1342310 除經腸及局部投予以外的投予方式,通常係藉由注射,且 包括(但不限於)經靜脈内、經肌内、經動脈内、經鞘内、 經莢膜β、經眼窩内、經心臟内、經皮内、經腹膜腔内、 經氣管、經皮下、經表皮下、經關節内、經囊下、經蛛網 膜下、經脊柱内及經胸骨内注射及輸注。 本文所用短語”全身投予”、”以全身方式投予&quot;、&quot; 予&quot;及&quot;以末梢形式投予&quot;意指以不同於直接進入中框神經 系、統之主式投予化合物、藥物或其他材料,以使其進入患 者全身且從而經受代謝及其他類似過程,例如經皮下投 予。 該等化合物可藉由任一適宜投予路徑投予人類及其他動 物用於治療,該投予路徑包括經口、經鼻(如以(舉例而言) 喷霧形式)、經直腸、經陰道内、非經腸、經腦池内及包 括口含及舌下之局部(如以粉劑、軟膏或滴液形式)投予。 不管所選擇投予路徑如何,可以適宜水合形式使用之本 _發明化合物及/或本發明醫藥組合物係藉由已為彼等熟習 此項技術者所習知之常用方法調配成醫藥上可接受之劑 型。 本發明醫藥組合物中活性成份之實際劑量水平可加以變 化,以獲得對於特定患者、組合物及投予模式達到期望治 療響應而對串去τ H a &quot;者不具毒性之有效活性成份的量。 Λ擇劑量水平將端視各種因素而定,該等因素包括所 用本發明特定化合物或其s旨、鹽或醒胺之活性、投予路 、投予時 pg ^ * ,B、所用特定化合物之排泄速率、治療持續時 121012.doc 1342310 間、與所用特定化合物組合使用之其他藥物、化合物及/ 或材料、待治療患者之年齡、性別、體重、身體狀況、健 康狀況及先前病史及已為醫學技術中所熟知之類似因素。 普通熟習此項技術之内科醫師或獸醫師可容易地決定所 需醫藥組合物的有效量並開具處方。舉例而言,内科醫師 或獸醫師可以低於所需之水平開始醫藥組合物中所使用本 發明化合物之劑量以達成期望的治療效果並逐漸增加該劑 量直至達到所期望效果為止。 一般言之,本發明化合物之適宜日劑量係有效產生治療 效果之最低劑量之化合物的量。此有效劑量通常端視上述 各種因素而定。通常,對於患者當用於指明鎮痛效果時, 本發明化合物之靜脈内及經皮下劑量係介於約〇 〇〇〇1至約 100毫克/公斤體重/天、更佳約〇·〇〗至約50毫克/公斤/天' 且仍更佳約1.0至約1〇〇毫克/公斤/天之間。有效量係治療 細菌感染之量。 若需要’有效曰劑量的活性化合物可作為分開投予之 2、3、4、5、6或更多個分次劑量以適宜間隔於當天視情 況呈單元劑型投予。 就本發明化合物而言,儘管可單獨投予,但較佳作為醫 藥組合物投予該化合物。 合成轾序 本發明化合物係使用彼等熟習此項技術者所習知之程序 由通常可購得之化合物製備,該等程序包括(但不限於)下 列條件之任何一個或多個: 121012.doc •92· 1342310The rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(original 驮s曰) and poly(anhydride). Formulations for injectable injections can also be prepared by coating the drug with a liposome or microemulsion which is compatible with body tissues. The formulations of the invention may be administered orally, parenterally, topically or rectally. Of course, the genus is given in a form suitable for each administration route. For example, such systems, lozenges or capsules are administered by injection, inhalation, by injection, infusion or inhalation in the form of eye lotions, ointments, suppositories, and the like; in the form of lotions or ointments. And rectal administration in the form of suppositories. Oral and/or IV administration is preferred. In this article, the phrase "parenteral administration" and "administered parenterally" means 121012.doc 1342310, except for enteral and topical administration, usually by injection, and Including (but not limited to) intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intrathecal, transcapsular beta, transforaminal, intracardiac, intradermal, transperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, Subcutaneous, intra-articular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrasternal injections and infusions. The phrase "full body administration" is used in this article, "subject to systemic administration", &quot;&quot;and&quot;in the form of terminal administration&quot; means to inject a compound, drug, or other material differently from the direct entry into the middle-framed nervous system, to allow it to enter the patient's body and thereby undergo metabolism and other similar The procedure, for example, is administered subcutaneously. The compounds can be administered to humans and other animals for treatment by any suitable route of administration, including oral, nasal (e.g., in the form of, for example, a spray), transrectal, transvaginal. Internal, parenteral, intracerebroventricular and including oral and sublingual parts (eg in the form of powders, ointments or drops). </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; Dosage form. The actual dosage level of the active ingredient in the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention can be varied to achieve an amount of effective active ingredient that is not toxic to a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration to achieve the desired therapeutic response. . The dosage level will be determined by a variety of factors, including the particular compound of the invention or its activity, salt or acetonide activity, route of administration, administration of pg^*, B, specific compounds used. Excretion rate, duration of treatment 121012.doc 1342310, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the specific compound used, age, sex, weight, physical condition, health status and prior medical history of the patient to be treated and already in medicine Similar factors well known in the art. A physician or veterinarian who is familiar with the art can readily determine the effective amount of the desired pharmaceutical composition and prescribe it. For example, a physician or veterinarian can begin doses of the compounds of the invention used in a pharmaceutical composition below the level desired to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved. In general, a suitable daily dose of a compound of the invention is the amount of the compound which is effective to produce the lowest dose of the therapeutic effect. This effective dose will generally depend on various factors as described above. Generally, the intravenous and subcutaneous dosages of the compounds of the invention will range from about 1 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, more preferably from about 1 to about 100 mg/kg body weight, for a patient to be used to indicate an analgesic effect. 50 mg / kg / day ' and still better about 1.0 to about 1 mg / kg / day. An effective amount is the amount of bacterial infection treated. If an &apos;effective sputum dose of the active compound is desired, it can be administered as a unit dosage form at intervals of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or more divided doses administered at appropriate intervals. For the compound of the present invention, although it can be administered alone, it is preferred to administer the compound as a pharmaceutical composition. Synthetic Sequences The compounds of the present invention are prepared from commonly available compounds using procedures well known to those skilled in the art, including but not limited to any one or more of the following conditions: 121012.doc • 92· 1342310

在本文範圍内,除非上下文另有說明,否則僅將不為本 發明化合物之尤其期望最終產物之構成且容易去除之基團 稱為&quot;保護基團&quot;。藉由該等保護基團保護官能基團、該等 保護基團本身及其去除反應闡述於(例如)標準參考文件 中,例如(舉例而言)Science of Synthesis: Houben-Weyl Methods of Molecular Transformation. Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany. 2005. % 41627 I (URL: http ://www. science-of-synthesis, com (Electronic Version, 第 48 卷))中;J. F. W. McOmie 之’’Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry&quot; * Plenum Press, London and New York 1973 中’於 T. W. Greene 及 P. G. M. Wuts 之&quot;Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis&quot;,第 3版,Wiley, New York 1999 中,於&quot;The Peptides&quot;第 3 卷(編輯:E. Gross 及 J_ Meienhofer), Academic Press, London and New York 1981 中,於&quot;Methoden der organischen Chemie&quot; {Methods of Orgawfc Houben Weyl,第 4 版,第 15 卷/1,Within the scope of this document, unless otherwise stated by the context, only groups which are not intended to be the final product of the present invention and which are readily removable are referred to as &quot;protecting groups&quot;. The protecting of the functional groups by the protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves and their removal reactions are described, for example, in standard reference documents such as, for example, Science of Synthesis: Houben-Weyl Methods of Molecular Transformation. Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany. 2005. % 41627 I (URL: http ://www.science-of-synthesis, com (Electronic Version, Volume 48)); JFW McOmie's 'Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry&quot *Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, 'In TW Greene and PGM Wuts&quot;Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis&quot;, 3rd edition, Wiley, New York 1999, in &quot;The Peptides&quot; Volume 3 (Editor :E. Gross and J_ Meienhofer), Academic Press, London and New York 1981, in &quot;Methoden der organischen Chemie&quot; {Methods of Orgawfc Houben Weyl, 4th edition, Vol. 15/1,

Georg Thieme Verlag,Stuttgart 1974 中,於 H.-D. Jakubke 及 H. Jeschkeit之&quot;AminosSuren,Peptide, Proteine&quot; acids, Peptides, Proteins), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfield Beach 及 Basel 1982中並闡述於 Jochen Lehmann 之 &quot;Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate&quot; {Chemistry of Carbohydrates: Monosaccharides andGeorg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, in H.-D. Jakubke and H. Jeschkeit &quot;AminosSuren, Peptide, Proteine&quot; acids, Peptides, Proteins), Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, Deerfield Beach and Basel 1982 and described in Jochen Lehmann's &quot;Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharide und Derivate&quot; {Chemistry of Carbohydrates: Monosaccharides and

Derz’vaiz’ves),Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974 中。保護 基團之特徵係其可藉由(例如)溶劑分解作用、還原作用、 12I012.doc -93· 1342310 光解作用或者在生理條件下(例如,藉由酶切)容易地去除 (即不發生非期望副反應)。 具有至少一個鹽形成基團之本發明化合物之鹽可以本身 習知之方式製備。舉例而言,具有酸基之本發明化合物之 鹽可藉由下列而形成:(例如)用金屬化合物(例如,適宜有 機缓S文之驗金屬鹽,例如2·乙基己酸之納鹽)、用有機驗金 屬或驗土金屬化合物(例如相應的氫氧化物、碳酸鹽或碳 酸氫鹽’例如鈉或鉀之氫氧化物、碳酸鹽或碳酸氩鹽)、 用相應的約化合物或用氨或適宜有機胺處理該等化合物, 較佳使用化學計量或僅稍微過量的鹽形成試劑。本發明化 合物之酸加成鹽係以常用方式獲得,例如,藉由用酸或適 宜陰離子交換試劑處理該等化合物。舉例而言,含有酸及 鹼鹽形成基團(例如,游離羧基基團及游離胺基基團)之本 發明化合物之内鹽可藉由(例如)用弱鹼中和鹽(例如酸加成 鹽)至等電點或藉由用離子交換劑處理而形成。 鹽可以常用方式轉化為游離化合物;金屬及錢鹽可藉由 (例如)用適宜酸處理進行轉化,且酸加成鹽可藉由(例如) 用適宜驗試劑處理進行轉化。 根據本發明可獲得之同分異構體之混合物可以本身習知 之方式刀離成單獨的同分異構體;非對映異構體可藉由 (例如)在多相溶劑混合物之間分配、再結晶及/或層析分離 (例如經過矽膠或藉由(例如)中等壓力液相層析經過反相管 柱)加以分離,且外消旋體可藉由(例如)與旋光純鹽形成試 劑形成鹽並分離如此所得非對映異構體之混合物(例如借 121012,d〇c -94- 助於分步結晶或蕤山 離。 3層析經過光學活性管柱材料)加以分 可根據標準方法(彳丨 …… 使用層析方法、分佈方法、(再) ’、、〇 aa及^绪如此頻、母4* .中間體及最終產物實施處理及/或純 化0 通用過程條件 般而。了列適用於本發明揭示内容全文中所述之所 有過程。 合成本發明化合物之過程步驟可在本身已習知之反應條 件實施’該等條件包括具趙所述之彼等··在溶劑或稀釋劑 不存在下或通常存在下,該等溶劑或稀釋劑包括(例如)對 所用試劑呈惰性並使其溶解之溶劑或稀釋劑;在觸媒、縮 合劑或中和劑(例如離子交換劑,例如陽離子交換劑,例 如,呈Η形式,端視反應及/或反應物之屬性而定)不存在 下或存在下;在低溫、正常溫度或高溫下(例如溫度介於 自約-100°c至約190*t之間,包括(例如)約·8(Γ(:至約15〇 °C ’例如在-80至-6〇t下,在室溫下,在-20至40°C下或在 回流溫度下);在常壓下或在密閉容器中,其中該容器係 在適當壓力下及/或在惰性氣氛中,例如在氬或氮氣氛 下。 在該等反應之所有階段,所形成同分異構體之混合物可 分離成單獨的同分異構體(例如非對映異構體或對映異構 體)或者分離成任何所期望的同分異構體混合物(例如外消 旋體或非對映異構體混合物),例如,類似於Science of 121012.doc -95- 1342310Derz’vaiz’ves), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974. The protective group is characterized in that it can be easily removed (for example, by solvolysis, reduction, photolysis by 12I012.doc -93· 1342310 or under physiological conditions (for example, by enzymatic cleavage) Undesired side reaction). Salts of the compounds of the invention having at least one salt forming group can be prepared in a manner known per se. For example, a salt of a compound of the present invention having an acid group can be formed, for example, by using a metal compound (for example, a metal salt suitable for organic slow-working, such as a sodium salt of ethyl 2-hexanoate). Using an organic test metal or a soil metal compound (for example, a corresponding hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate such as a sodium or potassium hydroxide, carbonate or argon carbonate), with a corresponding compound or ammonia Alternatively, the compounds may be treated with an organic amine, preferably using a stoichiometric or only slightly excess salt forming reagent. The acid addition salts of the compounds of the invention are obtained in a conventional manner, for example, by treatment with an acid or a suitable anion exchange reagent. For example, an internal salt of a compound of the invention containing an acid and a base salt forming group (eg, a free carboxyl group and a free amine group) can be neutralized, for example, by a weak base, for example, by acid addition. Salt) to isoelectric point or formed by treatment with an ion exchanger. The salt can be converted to the free compound in a conventional manner; the metal and the money salt can be converted, for example, by treatment with a suitable acid, and the acid addition salt can be converted, for example, by treatment with a suitable reagent. Mixtures of isomers obtainable according to the invention may be separated into individual isomers in a manner known per se; diastereomers may be partitioned, for example, between heterogeneous solvent mixtures, Recrystallization and/or chromatographic separation (for example, by gelatin or by, for example, medium pressure liquid chromatography through a reverse phase column), and the racemate can be formed, for example, with an optically pure salt. Forming a salt and isolating the mixture of diastereomers thus obtained (for example, by 121012, d〇c-94- assisting in fractional crystallization or separation of the mountains. 3 chromatography through optically active column material) can be classified according to the standard The method (彳丨... uses a chromatographic method, a distribution method, (re), ', 〇aa, and ^u such a frequency, a mother 4*. The intermediate and the final product are treated and/or purified as a general process condition. The procedures applicable to the entire disclosure of the present invention are applicable. The process steps for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention can be carried out under the reaction conditions known per se, and the conditions include those described by Zhao. Agent does not exist In general, such solvents or diluents include, for example, a solvent or diluent which is inert to the reagents employed and which dissolves them; in a catalyst, a condensing agent or a neutralizing agent (for example, an ion exchanger, such as a cation exchanger, For example, in the form of ruthenium, depending on the nature of the reaction and/or reactants) in the absence or presence; at low temperatures, normal temperatures or elevated temperatures (eg, temperatures ranging from about -100 ° C to about 190 * t) Between, for example, about 8 (Γ (: to about 15 ° ° C ' for example at -80 to -6 〇 t, at room temperature, at -20 to 40 ° C or at reflux temperature Under normal pressure or in a closed vessel, wherein the vessel is under suitable pressure and/or in an inert atmosphere, such as under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere. At all stages of the reaction, isoforms are formed. The mixture can be separated into individual isomers (eg, diastereomers or enantiomers) or separated into any desired mixture of isomers (eg, racemate or non-pair) a mixture of molecules, for example, similar to Science of 121012.doc -95- 1342310

Synthesis: Houben-Weyl Methods of MolecularSynthesis: Houben-Weyl Methods of Molecular

Transformation. Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany 2005中所述之方法。 除非該等過程之闡述中另有說明,否則適合任一特定反 應之彼等溶劑可由其加以選擇之溶劑包括具體所述之彼 等,或者(例如)水、酯(例如較低碳數烷基_較低碳數鏈烷 酸酯,例如乙酸乙酯)、醚(例如脂肪族醚,例如乙醚)或環 醚(例如四氩呋喃或二氧雜環己烷)、液體芳香族烴(例如苯 或曱苯)、醇(例如曱醇、乙醇或丨或2_丙醇)、腈(例如乙 腈)、南代烴(例如二氣甲烷或氣仿)、醯胺(例如二甲基曱 醯胺或二甲基乙醯胺)、鹼(例如雜環狀氮鹼,例如吡啶或 甲基吡咯啶·2-酮)、羧酸酐(例如較低碳數鏈烷酸酐例 如乙酸酐)、知、狀、直鍵或分支鏈烴(例如環己烧、己烧 或異戊烷)或彼等溶劑之混合物(例如水溶液)。該等溶劑混 合物亦可藉由(例如)層析或分配用於處理中。 該等化合物(包括其鹽)亦可以水合物形式獲得,或其晶 體可(例如)包括用於結晶之溶劑。可存在不同晶型。 本發明亦係關於下列過程之彼等形式:其巾在該過程之 任一階段作為中間賴得之化合物係用作起始㈣並實施 過程步驟或者其中起始材料係在反應條件下形成或 以衍生物形式(例如以受保護形式或以鹽形式)使用,或藉 由本發明方法獲得之化合物係在過程條件下產生並於原位 進一步處理。 前藥 I21012.doc • 96 - 1342310 本發明亦涵蓋包含本發明化合物之醫藥上可接受之前藥 化合物之醫藥組合物及經由投予本發明化合物之醫藥上可 接受之前藥化合物治療細菌感染之方法。舉例而言,具有 游離胺基、醞胺基、羥基或羧基之本發明化合物可轉化成 前藥。前藥包括其中胺基酸殘基或具有兩個或更多個(例 如兩個、三個或四個)胺基酸殘基之多肽鏈係經由醯胺或 酯鍵共價連接至本發明化合物之游離胺基、羥基或羧酸基 團之化合物。該等胺基酸殘基包括(但不限於)2〇種通常由 三個字母符號命名之天然存在胺基酸並亦包括4-羥基脯胺 酸、羥基離胺酸 '鎖鏈素、異鎖鏈素、3-甲基組胺酸、正 纈胺酸、β-丙胺酸、γ-胺基丁酸、瓜胺酸、高半胱胺酸、 高絲胺酸、鳥胺酸及甲硫胺酸颯。亦涵蓋其他類型的前 藥。例如,游離羧基基團可衍生成醯胺或烷基酯》可使用 包括(但不限於)半琥珀酸酯、磷酸酯、二甲基胺基乙酸酯 及磷酿基氧基甲氧基羰基在内之基團所衍生之游離羥基基 團’如 Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 1996, 19,115 中 所概述。亦納入羥基及胺基基團之胺基甲酸酯前藥,如羥 基基團之碳酸酯前藥、磺酸酯及硫酸酯。本發明亦涵蓋將 羥基基團衍生成(醯氧基)甲醚及(醯氧基)乙醚,其中該醯 基基團可為視情況經包括(但不限於)醚、胺及羧酸官能團 在内之基團取代之烷基酯或其中該醯基基團係如上所述之 胺基酸酯。該類型前藥闡述於j. Med. Chem. 1996,39, 10 中。游離胺亦可衍生成醯胺、磺醯胺或磷醯胺。所有該等 前藥部分皆可納入包括(但不限於)醚、胺及羧酸官能團在 121012.doc •97- 内之各個基團。 因而’若適宜及方便,任何提及本發明化合物皆應理解 為亦提及本發明化合物之相應前藥。 紅合 本發明化合物亦可與其他藥劑(例如,係或不為本發明 化合物之其他抗細菌化合物)組合使用用於治療個體中細 菌感染。 術語&quot;組合”意指以一劑量單位形式存在之固定組合,或 用於組合投予之部件套組(其中本發明化合物及組合部份 可同時獨立地投予或在時間間隔内分開投予,該等時間間 隔尤其允許該等組合成份表現協作作用(例如協同作用h, 或其任一纟且合。 本發明化合物可與另一抗菌劑組合使用。術語&quot;抗菌劑,, 係指具有殺菌性或抑菌性即能殺死或抑制細菌細胞生長之 任何物質。抗菌劑包括抗生素、殺生物劑、抗微生物劑及 抑菌劑。該等習知類型的抗生素包括(例如)細胞壁合成抑 制劑、細胞膜抑制劑、蛋白合成抑制劑及結合至DNA或 RNA或影響DNA或RNA合成之抑制劑。適合用於治療與細 菌有關之疾病及病症之多數抗生素藥劑已習知並揭示於 (例如)The Physician's Desk Reference (PDR),Medical Economics 公司(Montvale,N.J.),(第 53 次增訂版),1999;Transformation. Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany 2005 method. Unless otherwise stated in the description of such processes, solvents which may be selected for their particular solvent may include, among other things, specifically, or, for example, water, esters (eg, lower alkyl) _ lower carbon number alkanoates, such as ethyl acetate), ethers (such as aliphatic ethers, such as diethyl ether) or cyclic ethers (such as tetrahydrofuran or dioxane), liquid aromatic hydrocarbons (such as benzene) Or benzene), alcohol (such as decyl alcohol, ethanol or hydrazine or 2-propanol), nitrile (such as acetonitrile), southern hydrocarbon (such as di-methane or gas), decylamine (such as dimethyl decylamine) Or dimethylacetamide), a base (such as a heterocyclic nitrogen base such as pyridine or methylpyrrolidine-2-one), a carboxylic anhydride (such as a lower carbon number alkanoic anhydride such as acetic anhydride), known, a direct or branched hydrocarbon (eg, cyclohexane, hexyl or isopentane) or a mixture of such solvents (eg, an aqueous solution). These solvent mixtures can also be used in the treatment by, for example, chromatography or partitioning. The compounds (including salts thereof) may also be obtained in the form of a hydrate, or the crystal thereof may, for example, include a solvent for crystallization. Different crystal forms may be present. The invention also relates to the form of the following process: the towel is used as an intermediate in any stage of the process as a starting (four) and the process step is carried out or wherein the starting material is formed under the reaction conditions or The form of the derivative (for example, in protected form or in the form of a salt) or the compound obtained by the process of the invention is produced under process conditions and further processed in situ. Prodrugs I21012.doc • 96 - 1342310 The invention also encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug compound of a compound of the invention and a method of treating a bacterial infection via administration of a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug compound of the compound of the invention. For example, a compound of the invention having a free amine group, a guanamine group, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group can be converted into a prodrug. Prodrugs include a polypeptide chain in which an amino acid residue or two or more (eg, two, three or four) amino acid residues are covalently linked to a compound of the invention via a guanamine or ester linkage a compound of a free amine, hydroxyl or carboxylic acid group. The amino acid residues include, but are not limited to, two naturally occurring amino acids, usually named by three letter symbols, and also include 4-hydroxyproline, hydroxy lysine, alpha-chain, and iso-chain , 3-methylhistamine, n-proline, β-alanine, γ-aminobutyric acid, citrulline, homocysteine, homoserine, ornithine and bismuth methionate. Other types of prodrugs are also covered. For example, a free carboxyl group can be derivatized to a guanamine or an alkyl ester. The use of, but not limited to, a hemisuccinate, a phosphate, a dimethylamino acetate, and a phosphorus methoxy methoxycarbonyl group can be used. The free hydroxyl group derived from the group within is described in Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 1996, 19, 115. Amino acid ester prodrugs of hydroxyl and amine groups, such as carbonate prodrugs, sulfonates and sulfates, are also included. The invention also contemplates the derivatization of a hydroxy group to (nonoxy)methyl ether and (decyloxy)ether, wherein the thiol group can optionally include, but is not limited to, ether, amine, and carboxylic acid functional groups. An alkyl ester substituted with a group within or a carboxylic acid ester thereof wherein the thiol group is as described above. Prodrugs of this type are described in j. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 10. The free amine can also be derivatized as a guanamine, sulfonamide or phosphoniumamine. All of these prodrug moieties can include various groups including, but not limited to, ether, amine, and carboxylic acid functional groups within 121012.doc • 97-. Thus, where appropriate and convenient, any reference to a compound of the invention is to be understood as referring to a corresponding prodrug of a compound of the invention. Redness The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with other agents (e.g., other antibacterial compounds that are or are not a compound of the invention) for the treatment of bacterial infections in an individual. The term "combination" means a fixed combination in the form of a dosage unit or a combination of components for administration (wherein the compounds and combinations of the invention can be administered simultaneously or separately at intervals) The time intervals in particular allow the combination components to exhibit a synergistic effect (eg, synergy h, or any combination thereof. The compounds of the invention may be used in combination with another antibacterial agent. The term &quot;antibacterial agent, means having Bactericidal or bacteriostatic is any substance that kills or inhibits the growth of bacterial cells. Antibacterial agents include antibiotics, biocides, antimicrobials, and bacteriostatic agents. These known types of antibiotics include, for example, cell wall synthesis inhibition. Agents, cell membrane inhibitors, protein synthesis inhibitors, and inhibitors that bind to DNA or RNA or affect DNA or RNA synthesis. Most antibiotic agents suitable for use in the treatment of diseases and conditions associated with bacteria have been known and disclosed, for example, in (eg) The Physician's Desk Reference (PDR), Medical Economics (Montvale, NJ), (53rd edition), 1999;

Mayo Medical Center Formulary, Unabridged Version, Mayo Clinic (Rochester, Minn.),1998年 1月;Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs and Biologicals,(第 I21012.doc -98 · 1342310 11次增訂版),Merck &amp; Co.,公司(Rahway,N.J.), 1989; University of Wisconsin Antimicrobial Use Guide, http://www.medsch.wisc.edu/clinsci/ 5amcg/amcg.html ;Mayo Medical Center Formulary, Unabridged Version, Mayo Clinic (Rochester, Minn.), January 1998; Merck Index: An Encyclopedia of Chemicals, Drugs and Biologicals, (I21012.doc -98 · 1342310 11th edition), Merck &amp; Co., Inc. (Rahway, NJ), 1989; University of Wisconsin Antimicrobial Use Guide, http://www.medsch.wisc.edu/clinsci/ 5amcg/amcg.html;

Introduction on the Use of the Antibiotics Guideline, of Specific Antibiotic Classes, Thomas Jefferson University, http://jeffiine.tju.edu/CWIS/OAC/Antibiotics_guide/intro.html 中及其中所述文獻中。Introduction on the Use of the Antibiotics Guideline, of Specific Antibiotic Classes, Thomas Jefferson University, http://jeffiine.tju.edu/CWIS/OAC/Antibiotics_guide/intro.html and in the literature described therein.

與本發明化合物組合使用之抗生素之實例包括(但不限 於)啥諾酿1 (quinolone)、大環内酯(macrolide)、糖肽 (glycopeptide)、°惡峻咬酮、β-内醒胺(包括阿莫西林 (amoxicillin)、氨苄西林(ampicillin)、巴氨西林 (bacampicillin)、叛苄西林(carbenicillin)、氣唾西林 (cloxacillin)、雙氣西林(dicloxacillin)、氟氣西林 (flucloxacillin)、甲氧西林(methicillin)、美洛西林 (mezlocillin)、萘夫西林(nafcillin)、苯。圭西林(oxacillin)、 盤尼西林G (penicillin G)、盤尼西林V、σ辰拉西林 (piperacillin)、匹氨西林(pivampicillin)、匹美西林 (pivmecillinam)、替卡西林(ticarcillin)、舒巴坦 (sulbactam)、三0坐巴坦(tazobactam)、棒地酸 (clavulanate))、頭孢菌素(頭抱克洛(cefaclor)、頭抱羥氨 苄(cefadroxil)、頭抱孟多(cefamandole)、頭抱嗤林 (cefazolin)、頭抱地尼(cefdinir)、頭抱托余(cefditoren)、 頭孢e比肪(cefepime)、頭孢克肪(ceflxime)、頭抱尼西 (cefonicid)、頭抱派酮(cefoperazone)、頭孢 塞聘 121012.doc -99- 1342310Examples of antibiotics for use in combination with the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, quinolone, macrolide, glycopeptide, stagnation, beta-enhanced amine ( Including amoxicillin, ampicillin, bacampicillin, carbenicillin, cloxacillin, dicloxacillin, flucloxacillin, Methillillin, mezlocillin, nafcillin, benzene, oxacillin, penicillin G, penicillin V, piperacillin, piazcillin Pivampicillin), pemmecillinam, ticarcillin, sulbactam, tazobactam, clavulanate, cephalosporin Cefaclor), cefdroxil, cefmandole, cefazolin, cefdinir, cefditoren, cefepime ,head Ceflxime, cefonicid, cefoperazone, cephalosporin 121012.doc -99- 1342310

(cefotaxime)、頭孢替坦(cefotetan)、頭抱西丁 (cefoxitin)、頭抱泊躬·(cefp〇d〇xinie)、頭抱丙稀 (cefprozil)、頭孢他啶(ceftazidime)、頭孢布烯 (ceftibuten)、頭抱《坐將(ceftizoxime)、頭抱曲松 (ceftriaxone)、頭抱 〇夫辛(cefuroxime)、頭孢教节 (cephalexin)、頭孢金素(cephal〇thin)、頭孢匹林 (cephapirin)、頭孢拉定(cephradine))、胺基糖酐類(包括慶 大黴素(gentamycin)、鏈黴素(streptomycin)、阿米卡星 (amikacin)、卡那黴素(kanamycin)、紫黴素(viomycin)、卷 麯黴素(capreomycin))、乙硫磷醯胺(ethionamide)、丙硫異 煙胺(prothionamide)、環絲胺酸(cycloserine)、胺笨砜 (dapsone)、氣法齊明(clofazimine)、四環素類(tetracyclines) (四環素(tetracycline)、多西環素(doxycycline)、氣四環素 (chlortetracycline)、氧四環素(oxytetracycline)、米諾環素 (minocycline)、地美環素(demeclocycline))、°惡吐咬酮類 (利奈0坐胺(linezolid)、經略°惡酮(eperezolid))、曱石肖嗤 (metronidazole)、利福布汀(rifabutin)、isoniazonid、乙胺 丁醇(ethambutol)及其組合。 與本發明化合物組合使用之抗病毒藥劑之實例包括(但 不限於)齊多夫定(zidovudine)、拉米夫定(lamivudine)、去 經肌苦(didanosine)、紫西他賓(zalcitabine)、司他夫定 (stavudine)、阿巴卡韋(abacavir)、奈韋拉平(nevirapine)、 地拉韋咬(delavirdine)、恩曲他濱(emtricitabine)、依法韋 瑞(efavirenz)、沙嗤那韋(saquinavir)、利托那韋 121012.doc -100- 1342310 (ritonavir)、英地那韋(indinavir)、奈非那韋(nelfinavir)、 安普那韋(amprenavir)、替諾福韋(tenofovir)、阿德福韋 (adefovir)、 阿它紮那韋(atazanavir)、 夫沙那韋 (fosamprenavir)、經基脲、AL-721、阿普林孝(ampligen)、 丁基化經基甲苯;polymannoacetate 、 栗精胺(cefotaxime), cefotetan (cefotetan), cefoxitin, cefp〇d〇xinie, cefprozil, ceftazidime, ceftibuten ), head holding "ceftizoxime", ceftriaxone, cefuroxime, cephalexin, cephal〇thin, cephapirin , cephradine, aminoglycosides (including gentamycin, streptomycin, amikacin, kanamycin, viomycin) ), capreomycin, ethionamide, prothionamide, cycloserine, dapsone, clofazimine , tetracyclines (tetracycline, doxycycline, chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, minocycline, demeclocycline), ° Evil vomiting ketones (Lina 0 sitting (Linezolid), by slightly ° dioxanone (eperezolid)), Xiao Yue stone laugh (metronidazole), rifabutin (rifabutin), isoniazonid, ethambutol (ethambutol), and combinations thereof. Examples of antiviral agents for use in combination with the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, zidovudine, lamivudine, didanosine, zalcitabine, Stavudine, abacavir, nevirapine, delavirdine, emtricitabine, efavirenz, saquinavir ), ritonavir 121012.doc -100- 1342310 (ritonavir), indinavir, nelfinavir, amprenavir, tenofovir, a Adefovir, atazanavir, fosamprenavir, urethrazine, AL-721, ampligen, butylated trans-toluene; polymannoacetate, chestnut Spermine

(castanospermine) ; contracan ; creme pharmatex、CS-87、 噴昔洛韋(penciclovir)、泛昔洛韋(famciclovir)、阿昔洛韋 (acyclovir)、cytofovir、更昔洛韋(ganciclovir)、硫酸葡聚 糖(dextran sulfate)、D-青黴胺(D-penicillamine)、填甲酸 三納、梭鏈孢酸(fusidic acid)、HPA-23、依氟鳥氣酸 (eflornithine)、壬苯醇醚(nonoxynol)、依西酸喷他脒 (pentamidine isethionate)、肽T、苯妥英(phenytoin)、異煙 肼(isoniazid)、利巴韋林(ribavirin)、利福布汀(rifabutin)、 安莎黴素(ansamycin)、三甲曲沙(trimetrexate)、SK-81 8、 棘拉明(suramin)、UA001、恩夫韋地(enfuvirtide)、由 gp41(castanospermine); contracan; creme pharmatex, CS-87, penciclovir, famciclovir, acyclovir, cytofovir, ganciclovir, dextran sulfate Sulfate), D-penicillamine, tri-nanoic acid, fusidic acid, HPA-23, eflornithine, nonoxynol, Isey Pentamidine isethionate, peptide T, phenytoin, isoniazid, ribavirin, rifabutin, ansamycin, trimethoate Trimetrexate, SK-81 8, suramin, UA001, enfuvirtide, by gp41

衍生之肽、CD4抗體、溶解性CD4、包含CD4之分子、 CD4-IgG2及其組合。 可與本發明化合物組合使用之藥劑之其他實例包括(但 不限於)游離基清除劑、抗壞金酸、維他命C、抗癌劑、化 學治療藥劑、非類固醇抗炎藥物、類固醇抗炎藥物、抗真 菌劑、排毒劑、鎮痛劑、支氣管擴張劑、用於治療血管局 部缺企之藥物、抗體單株藥劑、用於局部施用於毛髮生長 之米諾地爾(minoxidil)、利尿劑、免疫抑制劑、淋巴細胞 活素(lymphokyne)、a-及-β-干擾素及其組合。 121012.doc •101 - 或者發:化合物與任—其他藥劑可以分開劑型進行調配。 其他藥劑^少投予患者之劑型數量,本發明化合物與任一 ' σ M任一組合形式一起調配。舉例而言,本發明 抑制劑可以—種劑型進行調配而該其他藥劑可以另 種劑型一起調配。任何分開劑型皆可同時或在不同時間 投予。 或者’本發明組合物包括如本文所述之其他藥劑。每種 且伤可以早獨組合物、組合組合物、或以單一組合物形式 存在。 本發明之例證 藉由下列實例進一步闡述本發明,但其不應視為進一步 限制本發明。除非另有說明,否則本發明實施將使用細胞 生物學、細胞培養學、分子生物學、轉基因生物學、微生 物學及免疫學之常用技術,該等屬於此項技術範圍内。 通用合成方法 用來合成本發明化合物之所有起始材料、結構單元、試 劑、酸、驗、脫水劑、溶劑及觸媒皆可構得或可藉由為普 通熟習此項技術者所習知之有機合成方法產生(Houben· Weyl^4^ « 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, 第21卷)。此外,本發明化合物可藉由如下列實例中所示 為普通熟習此項技術者所習知之有機合成方法產生。 實例 定義 乙酸Derivatized peptide, CD4 antibody, soluble CD4, molecule comprising CD4, CD4-IgG2 and combinations thereof. Other examples of agents that can be used in combination with the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, free radical scavengers, ascorbic acid, vitamin C, anticancer agents, chemotherapeutic agents, non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, steroid anti-inflammatory drugs, Antifungal agent, detoxifying agent, analgesic, bronchodilator, drug for treating local vascular deficiency, antibody single agent, minoxidil for topical application to hair growth, diuretic, immunosuppression Agents, lymphokyne, a- and -beta-interferons, and combinations thereof. 121012.doc •101 - Or hair: Compound and any other agent can be formulated in separate dosage forms. Other Agents The amount of the dosage form administered to the patient is small, and the compound of the present invention is formulated with any combination of any of the 'σ M groups. For example, the inhibitor of the present invention can be formulated in a dosage form which can be formulated together with another dosage form. Any separate dosage form can be administered simultaneously or at different times. Or the 'present composition of the invention includes other agents as described herein. Each of the wounds may be present as a separate composition, a combined composition, or in the form of a single composition. The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which are not to be construed as limiting the invention. Unless otherwise indicated, the practice of the present invention will employ techniques commonly employed in cell biology, cell culture, molecular biology, transgenic biology, microbiology, and immunology, which are within the skill of the art. General Synthetic Methods All of the starting materials, structural units, reagents, acids, tests, dehydrating agents, solvents, and catalysts used to synthesize the compounds of the present invention may be constructed or may be organically known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Synthetic methods are produced (Houben Weyl^4^ « 1952, Methods of Organic Synthesis, Thieme, Vol. 21). Furthermore, the compounds of the present invention can be produced by an organic synthesis method as is conventionally known to those skilled in the art as shown in the following examples. Example Definition Acetic acid

AcOH 121012.doc •102- 1342310 aq 含水 Boc 篇·三-丁氧基羰基 DMF N,N-二甲基甲醯胺 DCC 二環己基碳化二亞胺 DCE 二氣乙烷 DCM 二氣曱烷 DMAP 4-二甲基胺基吡啶 DMSO 二甲基亞砜 EtO Ac 乙酸乙酯 EtOH 乙醇 eq 當量 LC 液相層析法 LCMS 液相層析質譜法 MeOH 甲醇 MHz 死赫兹 PS 聚笨乙烯 RT 室溫 Rt 保留時間 s 固體 sat. 飽和的 TEA 三乙胺 TFA 三氟乙酸 THF 四氫α夫喃 h 小時 121012.doc -103- min 分鐘 m/z 質量/電荷 MS 質譜法 HRMS 高解析度質譜法 NMR 核磁共振法 分析方法 NMR :在Bruker 400 MHz uhrashield光譜·計上記錄質子 光譜。相對於甲醇(δ 3.31)、二甲基亞砜(δ 2.50)或氣仿(δ 7 · 2 6)記錄化學位移。 LCMS :在帶有2分鐘梯度洗脫(25%乙腈/H2〇/5 mM曱酸 錢)及4毫升/分子之流速之inerts ii 〇DS-3管柱(Cl 8,50 X 4·6毫米,3微米)上對化合物實施分析。 HPLC純化使用C8或C18管柱(30 X 1〇〇毫米,5微米,商 標:Sunfire或XTerra)並根據兩種方法實施。方法1% TFA於10%-95% ACN水溶液中組成。方法2由1〇 mM NH4OH於40%-95% ACN水溶液中組成。 LC分析使用帶有梯度洗脫(〇_95%乙腈水溶液+〇 TFA)之商標Atlantis C18管枝(15〇毫米)。 通用流程1 : 1210l2.doc -104- 1342310AcOH 121012.doc •102- 1342310 aq Aqueous Boc ·Tri-butoxycarbonyl DMF N,N-dimethylformamide DCC Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide DCE Di-ethane ethane DCM Dioxane DMAP 4 - dimethylaminopyridine DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide EtO Ac ethyl acetate EtOH ethanol eq equivalent LC liquid chromatography LCMS liquid chromatography mass spectrometry MeOH methanol MHz dead Hertz PS polystyrene RT room temperature Rt retention time s solid sat. saturated TEA triethylamine TFA trifluoroacetic acid THF tetrahydro alpha futham h hour 121012.doc -103-min minute m/z mass/charge MS mass spectrometry HRMS high resolution mass spectrometry NMR NMR analysis Method NMR: Proton spectra were recorded on a Bruker 400 MHz uhrashield spectrum meter. Chemical shifts were recorded relative to methanol (δ 3.31), dimethyl sulfoxide (δ 2.50) or gas (δ 7 · 26). LCMS: Inerts ii 〇DS-3 column with a 2 minute gradient elution (25% acetonitrile / H2 〇 / 5 mM citric acid) and a flow rate of 4 ml / molecule (Cl 8, 50 X 4 · 6 mm The compound was analyzed on a 3 micron basis. HPLC purification was performed using a C8 or C18 column (30 X 1 mm, 5 μm, commercial: Sunfire or XTerra) and was performed according to two methods. Method 1% TFA consisted of 10%-95% ACN in water. Method 2 consisted of 1 mM mM NH4OH in 40%-95% ACN aqueous solution. LC analysis used a trademark Atlantis C18 tube (15 mm) with gradient elution (〇_95% aqueous acetonitrile + 〇 TFA). General Process 1 : 1210l2.doc -104- 1342310

通式⑴之化合物可經由為彼等熟習此項技術者所熟知之 合成方法製備或者另一選擇為自發酵液分離。參見,(例 如)美國專利第5,202,241號,其全文併入本文中。通用結 構式(η)之化合物可由過程A藉由在水及適宜 由酸或鹼介導重排化合物⑴而製備。通式(iii)之化合物 在過程B t由(n)直接經由與疊氮化物反應或者另一選擇 :多個步驟過程而製備,該多個步驟過程包括:經由用 或駿水解而去除g旨官能團,使用適宜活化劑活化緩 J21012.doc -105. 部分,及與適宜試劑(例如疊氮化物)反應❶由式G⑴表示 之疊氮化物在業内已習知且容易地由業内常用標準程序合 成。通式(W)之化合物可藉由疊氮化物(Hi)與親核劑、 醇、胺或保言蔓基團(X1)反應而t備。冑宜保護基團可由彼 等熟習此項技術者加以選擇。選擇保護基團以使其適於所 述轉化並可根據較小損失或不損失產率之合成方法去除。 保濩基團之引入及選擇性去除教示於Greene及W咖之 Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis&quot; » John Wiley &amp; Sons (1991)中。通用結構式(v)之化合物可藉由使化合物 (iv)與反應試劑(例如親電子試劑、烷基化試劑、醯基化試 劑或保《蒦基團(X2))反應以得到化合物(V)而製備。通用結 構(VI)之化合物可藉由使化合物與酸、鹼、親核劑或親 電子試劑反應以去除保護㈣(X1)而製備。通用結構(vii) 之化合物可藉由使化合物(vi)與適宜親電子試劑、烷基化 試劑或醯基化試劑(X3)反應而製備。通用結構(viii)之化合 物可藉由使化合物(vii)與酸、鹼、親核劑或親電子試劑反 應以去除保護基團(X2)而製備。或者,該等步驟(A_G)之任 個可以不同順序實施,或者去除或稍微改變某些步驟, 此對於彼等熟習此項技術者顯而易見。 流私 2 .普通中間體b〇c-胺(4)之製備: 12l012.doc 1342310The compounds of formula (1) may be prepared by synthetic methods well known to those skilled in the art or alternatively may be isolated from the fermentation broth. See, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,202,241, which is incorporated herein in its entirety. The compound of the general formula (?) can be prepared from Process A by rearranging the compound (1) in water and suitably mediated by an acid or a base. The compound of the formula (iii) is prepared in process B t from (n) directly via reaction with azide or alternatively: a plurality of step processes comprising: removing by g or hydrolyzing The functional group is activated by a suitable activator, and is reacted with a suitable reagent (for example, azide). The azide represented by the formula G(1) is well known in the art and is easily used by the industry standard. Program synthesis. The compound of the formula (W) can be prepared by reacting an azide (Hi) with a nucleophilic agent, an alcohol, an amine or a propanol group (X1). Changi protecting groups can be selected by those skilled in the art. The protecting group is selected to be suitable for the conversion and can be removed by synthetic methods with little or no loss of yield. The introduction and selective removal of the protecting group is taught in Greene and Wake's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis&quot; » John Wiley &amp; Sons (1991). The compound of the general formula (v) can be obtained by reacting the compound (iv) with a reagent (for example, an electrophile, an alkylating agent, a thiolation reagent or a sulfonium group (X2)) to obtain a compound (V). ) prepared. The compound of the general structure (VI) can be produced by reacting a compound with an acid, a base, a nucleophile or an electrophile to remove the protection (4) (X1). The compound of the general structure (vii) can be produced by reacting the compound (vi) with a suitable electrophile, an alkylating agent or a thiolation reagent (X3). The compound of the general structure (viii) can be produced by reacting the compound (vii) with an acid, a base, a nucleophile or an electrophile to remove the protective group (X2). Alternatively, any of the steps (A_G) may be performed in a different order, or some steps may be removed or slightly altered as will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Flowing private 2. Preparation of common intermediate b〇c-amine (4): 12l012.doc 1342310

普通中間體(4)之製備:Preparation of common intermediate (4):

步驟1-3’醯疊氮(2)之製備: 121012.doc -107- 1342310Step 1-3' Preparation of azide nitrogen (2): 121012.doc -107- 1342310

向酯(1,1.5克,ι.ΐό毫莫耳)溶於THF(300毫升)中之溶 φ 液中添加20毫升仏〇及NaOH (60毫克,1.50毫莫耳广在60 °(:下將該反應攪拌1.5小時並藉由TLC (10% MeOH/DCM) 及LCMS實施監測。反應完成後,將其濃縮至乾燥狀態。 將灰白色固體懸浮於曱笨(1〇〇毫升)中並濃縮至乾燥狀態 (重複3次),藉此得到灰白色固體酸。在真空歹(〇. 1托)將該 粗固體儲存12小時。LCMS: Rt = 1.12分鐘,[M+H] + l 125。 將該粗酸懸浮於3 00毫升丙酮中。對燒瓶實施超音波處 理並將該燒瓶側壁上之固體到下,此持續15分鐘》向該懸 # 浮液中添加TEA(2·0毫升,14.2毫莫耳)及氣甲酸乙酯(2.0 毫升’ 20.91毫莫耳)。該反應看來溶解緩慢。進一步超音 波處理並使用劇烈攪拌來破碎所有顆粒。於1小時後,經 由1^1^8該反應看來已完成並添加^1^3 (500毫克,7.69毫 莫耳)。在60°C下將懸浮液(外觀呈白色/黃色)攪拌1小時並 藉由LCMS實施監測。再添加兩等份NaN3 (500毫克,7.69 毫莫耳)並將該反應攪拌20分鐘。將該反應物濃縮至Si02 上並藉由急驟層析(1.5W X 1.5&quot; Si02管柱,3公升EtOAc)實 121012.doc -108- 1342310 施純化。藉此得到920毫克呈白色固體之粗醯基-疊氮化物 (2)。將該粗材料使用於下一步驟中而無需進一步純化。 LCMS: Rt = 1.55 分鐘,[M+H] + l 150。 步驟4,Boc-胺(3)中製備:Add 20 ml of hydrazine and NaOH (60 mg, 1.50 mmoles at 60 ° (:) to the solution of the ester (1, 1.5 g, ι. ΐό millimolar) in THF (300 mL). The reaction was stirred for 1.5 h and was monitored by TLC (10% MeOH / DCM) and LCMS. After the reaction was completed, concentrated to dryness. The off-white solid was suspended in sm. The dry state was repeated (3 times), whereby an off-white solid acid was obtained. The crude solid was stored in vacuo (1 Torr) for 12 hours. LCMS: Rt = 1.12 min, [M+H] + l 125. The crude acid was suspended in 300 ml of acetone. The flask was ultrasonicated and the solid on the side wall of the flask was lowered for 15 minutes. Add TEA to the suspension #2,0 ml, 14.2 mmol Ear) and gaseous ethyl formate (2.0 ml ' 20.91 mmol). The reaction appeared to dissolve slowly. Further ultrasonic treatment and use vigorous stirring to break up all the particles. After 1 hour, the reaction was carried out via 1^1^8 It seems to have been completed and added ^1^3 (500 mg, 7.69 mmol). The suspension was white at 60 ° C (appearance was white) /Yellow) Stir for 1 hour and monitor by LCMS. Add two additional portions of NaN3 (500 mg, 7.69 mmol) and stir the reaction for 20 min. The reaction was concentrated to EtOAc and flash chromatography (1.5WX 1.5&quot; SiO 2 column, 3 liters of EtOAc) was applied to 121012.doc -108 - 1342310. Purification afforded 920 mg of crude thiol-azide (2) as a white solid. In the next step without further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1.55 min, [M+H] + l 150. Step 4. Preparation in Boc-amine (3):

將醢基-疊氮化物(2,920毫克)之懸浮液在第三-BuOH (1〇〇克)中加熱(80°C )。於2小時後出現完全溶解並於12小 時後藉由LCMS該反應看來已完成。將該溶液直接濃縮至 Si〇2上並實施層析(梯度洗脫:50-70% EtOAc/己烷),藉此 得到600毫克呈白色固體之Boc-胺(3)。4 NMR (400 MHz, # ^-DMSO) δ 10.38 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (d, 1 Η), 8.70 (app d, 2 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (br s, 1 H), 7.38-7.23 (m, 7 H), 6.02 (br s, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01-5.00 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.30-4.24 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.75-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.22-2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s, 9 H), 1.37-1.31 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H)。LCMS: Rt = 1.72分鐘’ [M+H]+1196。 •109- 121012.docA suspension of thiol-azide (2,920 mg) was heated in a third-BuOH (1 gram) (80 ° C). Complete dissolution occurred after 2 hours and the reaction appeared to have been completed by LCMS after 12 hours. The solution was concentrated directly onto Si 2 and chromatographed (gradient elution: 50-70% EtOAc/hexanes) to give 600 mg of Boc-amine (3) as a white solid. 4 NMR (400 MHz, #^-DMSO) δ 10.38 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (d, 1 Η), 8.70 (app d, 2 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.41 ( m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.11 (d, 1 H), 7.48 (br s, 1 H), 7.38-7.23 (m, 7 H), 6.02 (br s, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01-5.00 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.30-4.24 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.75-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.22-2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s, 9 H), 1.37- 1.31 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.72 min. [M+H] +1196. •109- 121012.doc

I 步驟5,Boc#-乙酸酯(4)之製備:I Step 5, Preparation of Boc#-acetate (4):

向該Boc-胺(3,540毫克,0.451毫莫耳)溶於DCM (250 毫升)中之溶液中添加乙酸酐(0.100毫升,0.979毫莫耳)、 吡啶(1.0毫升,12.4毫莫耳)及DMAP (20毫克,0.169毫莫 耳)。將該反應物攪拌3小時,直接濃縮至Si02上並實施層 析(梯度洗脫:50-70% EtOAc/己烷),藉此提供465毫克 B〇c,胺-乙酸酯(4)。4 NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 10.38 (br s, 1 Η), 9.20 (br d, 1 H), 8.79 (br d, 1 H), 8.61 (br d, 1 H), 8.56 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, 1 H), 8.24 (s, lH),8,ll(d,lH),7‘48(brs,lH),7_42(s,2H),7.35-7.29 (m, 6 H), 6.14 (s, 1 H), 5.47 (t, 1 H)} 5.31-5.26 (m, 1 H), 5.19 (dd, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 3 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 2.45 (d, 3 H), 2.22-2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.96 (s, 3 H), 1.57-1.50 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s,9 H),0.88 (d,3 H),0,84 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.81 分鐘,[M+H] + 1238。 實例1,醯胺(5)之製備·· 121012.doc -110- 1342310To the solution of the Boc-amine (3,540 mg, 0.451 mmol) in DCM (250 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.100 mL, 0.979 mmol), pyridine (1.0 mL, 12.4 mmol) And DMAP (20 mg, 0.169 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 3 h, concentrated directly to EtOAc and EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc 4 NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 10.38 (br s, 1 Η), 9.20 (br d, 1 H), 8.79 (br d, 1 H), 8.61 (br d, 1 H), 8.56 (s , 1 H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.38 (d, 1 H), 8.24 (s, lH), 8, ll (d, lH), 7'48 (brs, lH), 7_42 ( s, 2H), 7.35-7.29 (m, 6 H), 6.14 (s, 1 H), 5.47 (t, 1 H)} 5.31-5.26 (m, 1 H), 5.19 (dd, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 3 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.70-2.65 (m, 1 H), 2.59 (s, 3 H), 2.45 (d, 3 H), 2.22-2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.96 (s, 3 H), 1.57-1.50 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (s, 9 H), 0.88 (d, 3 H) , 0, 84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.81 min, [M+H] + 1238. Example 1, Preparation of Indoleamine (5) · 121012.doc -110- 1342310

向該Boc-胺(3,10毫克,0.0083毫莫耳)溶於DCM (10毫 • 升)中之溶液中添加TFA(1毫升,13.46毫莫耳)》將該反應 物攪拌30分鐘並實施濃縮。將所產生黃色泡沫溶於DCM (10毫升)中並進行濃縮(重複3次)。直接使用該粗胺鹽而無 需進一步純化。LCMS : Rt= 1.33 分鐘,[M+H]+1096。 向該胺(0.0083毫莫耳)溶於吡啶(1毫升)中之溶液中添加 乙酸酐(0· 100毫升,0.979毫莫耳)。在室溫下將該溶液授 拌1 〇分鐘並傾倒至碳酸氫鈉飽和水溶液(1 00毫升)中。用 EtOAc提取該混合物(3x)並用MgS〇4乾燥經合併有機提取 Φ 物,過濾並直接濃縮至Si〇2上。藉由急驟層析(梯度洗 脫:0-5% MeOH/DCM)純化粗產物以得到6毫克呈白色固 體之醯胺(5)。’H NMR (400 MHz,A-DMSO) 5 11 14 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 Η), 8.68-8.66 (m, 2 Η), 8.59 (s i H) 8.45-8.42 (m, 1 H),8,40 (d, 1 H),8.24 (s,1 h),8.13 (d ! H), 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.38-7.21 (m, 7 H), 6.01 (br d&gt; χ H) 5.32-5.17 (m,3 H),5,01-4.99 (m,1 H),4.97 (s,2 H) 4 27 (dd,1 H),3.79 (dd,1 H),3.38 (s,3 H),2.73-2.68 (m,! H) -Ill ^ 121012.doc 1342310 2_46 (d,3 H),2.19-2.14 (功,j H) (m,1 H),0.87 (d,3 H),0.84 (心 3, 2.10 (s,3 H),1.35-1.28 鐘,[M+H]+11 38。 [CMS · Rt _ 1.35 为 實例2 ’甲基酯(6)之製備:To the solution of the Boc-amine (3,10 mg, 0.0083 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (1 mL, 13.46 mmol). concentrate. The resulting yellow foam was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and concentrated (3 times). The crude amine salt was used directly without further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1.33 min, [M+H] +1 s. To a solution of this amine (0.0083 mmol) in pyridine (1 mL) was added ethyl acetate (0·100 mL, 0.979 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 minute and poured into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3x) and dried with EtOAc EtOAc. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography ( gradient elution: 0-5% MeOH / DCM) to afford 6 mg of decylamine (5) as white solid. 'H NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) 5 11 14 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 Η), 8.68-8.66 (m, 2 Η), 8.59 (si H) 8.45-8.42 ( m, 1 H), 8, 40 (d, 1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 h), 8.13 (d ! H), 7.80 (s, 1 H), 7.38-7.21 (m, 7 H), 6.01 (br d &gt; χ H) 5.32-5.17 (m, 3 H), 5, 01-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H) 4 27 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.73-2.68 (m,! H) -Ill ^ 121012.doc 1342310 2_46 (d,3 H), 2.19-2.14 (work, j H) (m,1 H) , 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (heart 3, 2.10 (s, 3 H), 1.35-1.28 clock, [M+H] + 11 38. [CMS · Rt _ 1.35 for example 2 'methyl ester ( 6) Preparation:

(6) 曱基酯(6)係根據實例1中所述 二酸單甲基醋氣化物作為醜基^ ^丨製備’只是使用己 , 。t , , , /L 劑。1H NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 11.11 (br s, j Η) 9·00 (br s, 1 H), 8.68-8.66 :m, 2 H),8.59 (s,1 H),8.44-8 41 广(6) The mercaptoester (6) was prepared according to the diacid monomethyl vinegar vaporized as described in Example 1 as the ugly base. t , , , /L agent. 1H NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 11.11 (br s, j Η) 9·00 (br s, 1 H), 8.68-8.66 : m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.44 8 41 wide

•41 (m,1 H),8·40 (d,1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.13 (d, 1 H), 7 〇-, ( t 、 ·83 (s,1 H),7.38-7.22 (m,8 队 6_02 (br d’ 1 H)’ 5·31_5.17 (m,3 h),5 〇i_4 99 ㈤! H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd, l H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.59 (s, 3 H),3.38 ⑺ 3 H),2.70 (m,! H),2 58 (s,3 h),2 46 (d,3 H), 2.40 (apP ^ 2 H)&gt; 2-34 (app t&gt; 2 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.54 (m,4 H), 1.35-1.32 (m,i H),〇 87 (d,3 H),0 84 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt= I.47分鐘,[M十H] + 1238。 實例3,酸(7)之製備: 121012.doc •112·•41 (m,1 H),8·40 (d,1 H), 8.24 (s, 1 H), 8.13 (d, 1 H), 7 〇-, ( t , ·83 (s,1 H) , 7.38-7.22 (m, 8 teams 6_02 (br d' 1 H)' 5·31_5.17 (m, 3 h), 5 〇i_4 99 (5)! H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd , l H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.59 (s, 3 H), 3.38 (7) 3 H), 2.70 (m,! H), 2 58 (s, 3 h), 2 46 (d, 3 H), 2.40 (apP ^ 2 H)&gt; 2-34 (app t&gt; 2 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.65-1.54 (m, 4 H), 1.35-1.32 (m,i H), 〇87 (d, 3 H), 0 84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.47 min. Example 3, Preparation of Acid (7): 121012.doc • 112·

1342310 (7) 步驟1-2’曱基酯·乙酸酯(8)之製備:1342310 (7) Preparation of Step 1-2' Mercaptoate·Acetate (8):

(8)

向Boc-胺-乙酸酯(4,190毫克,0.153毫莫耳)溶於DCM (10毫升)中之溶液中添加TFA(5毫升,67.3毫莫耳)。將該 反應物攪拌30分鐘並進行濃縮。將所產生黃色泡泳溶於 DCM (10毫升)中並進行濃縮(重複3次直接使用該粗胺 鹽而無需進一步純化。LCMS : Rt = 1.45分鐘, [M+H] + l 138。 向該胺鹽溶於咐•啶(5毫升)中之溶液中添加己二酸單甲 基酯氣化物(0.200毫升,1.285毫莫耳)。在室溫下將該溶 121012.doc •113- 液授拌1 0分知並傾倒至碳酸氫納飽和水溶液(1 Ο 0毫升)中β 用EtOAc提取該混合物(3χ)並用MgS〇4乾燥經合併有機提 取物,過濾並直接濃縮至Si〇2上。藉由急驟層析(梯度洗 脫:50-80% EtOAc/已烷)純化粗產物,藉此得到17〇毫克 酯-乙酸酯(8)。LCMS: Rt= 1.58分鐘,[M+H]+1280。 步驟3,酸(7)之製備: 向該甲基酯-乙酸酯(8,170毫克,0.133毫莫耳)溶於 MeOH (100毫升)中之溶液中添加h20 (5毫升)及NaOH (100 毫克,2_5毫莫耳)。將該溶液加熱至50°C,攪拌2小時並濃 縮至Si〇2上。急驟層析(梯度洗脫:0-5% MeOH/DCM)提供 95毫克呈棕褐色固體之標題化合物。4 NMR (400 MHz, d6-OMSO) δ 12.05 (br s, 1 H), 11.13 (br s, 1 H), 9.44 (br d, 1 H), 8.70-8.65 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.45-8.42 (m, 1 H), 8.39 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.13 (d, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H)s 7.42-7.38 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (s, 1 H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 6 H), 6.13 (br s, 1 H), 5.33-5.17 (m, 3 H), 5.03 (d, 1 H), 4.98 (s, 3 H), 4.32 (dd, 1 H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.40 (t, 2 H), 2.23 (t, 2 H), 2.19-2.14 (m, 1 H), 1.66-1.52 (m, 4 H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 1 H),0.87 (d,3 H),0.74 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt= 1,24分鐘, [M+H] + 1224。 實例4,三氟乙酸酯(9)之製備: 1210I2.doc -114·To a solution of Boc-amine-acetate (4, 190 mg, 0.153 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added TFA (5 mL, 67.3 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and concentrated. The resulting yellow squid was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) EtOAc (EtOAc m. Add adipic acid monomethyl ester gasification (0.200 ml, 1.285 mmol) to a solution of the amine salt in hydrazine (5 ml). The solution was dissolved at room temperature 121012.doc •113- Mix 10% and pour into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (1 mL). EtOAc (3 EtOAc) EtOAc (EtOAc) The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc: EtOAc:EtOAc) +1280. Step 3, Preparation of the acid (7): To a solution of the methyl ester-acetate (8,170 mg, 0.133 mmol) in MeOH (100 mL) And NaOH (100 mg, 2_5 mmol). The solution was heated to 50 ° C, stirred for 2 h and concentrated to EtOAc. EtOAc (EtOAc) CM) provides 95 mg of the title compound as a tan solid. 4 NMR (400 MHz, d6-OMSO) δ 12.05 (br s, 1 H), 11.13 (br s, 1 H), 9.44 (br d, 1 H) , 8.70-8.65 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.45-8.42 (m, 1 H), 8.39 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.13 (d, 1 H), 7.82 (s, 1 H)s 7.42-7.38 (m, 1 H), 7.32 (s, 1 H), 7.29-7.17 (m, 6 H), 6.13 (br s, 1 H), 5.33- 5.17 (m, 3 H), 5.03 (d, 1 H), 4.98 (s, 3 H), 4.32 (dd, 1 H), 3.83-3.76 (m, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.74-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.40 (t, 2 H), 2.23 (t, 2 H), 2.19-2.14 (m, 1 H ), 1.66-1.52 (m, 4 H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.74 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1,24 min, [M+H] + 1224. Example 4, Preparation of trifluoroacetate (9): 1210I2.doc -114·

1342310 步驟1-2,乙酸酯(ίο)之製備:1342310 Step 1-2, Preparation of Acetate (ίο):

向Boc-胺-乙酸酯(4,400毫克,0.323毫莫耳)溶於DCM (25毫升)中之溶液中添加TFA (5毫升,67·3毫莫耳)。將該 反應物授摔3 0分鐘並實施濃縮。將所產生黃色泡泳溶於 DCM (10毫升)中並進行濃縮(重複3次)。直接使用該粗胺鹽 而無需進一步純化。LCMS : Rt= 1.45分鐘,[Μ+Η] + 1138·0。 向該胺(0.323毫莫耳)溶於吡啶(5毫升)中之溶液中添加 甲烧績酿氣(0.050毫升,0.64 6毫莫耳)。將該溶液授拌3〇 分鐘並傾倒至碳酸氫鈉飽和水溶液(100毫升)中❶用Et〇Ac 提取該混合物(3x)並用MgS〇4乾燥經合併有機提取物,過 遽並直接漢縮至Si02上。藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:5〇_ 121012.doc • 115· 1342310 80% EtOAc/己烷)純化粗產物,藉此得到33〇毫克乙酸酯 (10)。LCMS : Rt= 1.67分鐘,[M+H] + 1234.0。 步驟3,三氟乙酸酯(9)之製備: 向該乙酸酯(10’ 200毫克,〇_162毫莫耳)溶於MeOH (50 毫升)中之溶液_添加KAO3 (50毫克,〇·362毫莫耳)。將 該反應物攪拌10分鐘並進行濃縮。將該固體懸浮於EtOAc 中並傾倒至碳酸氫鈉飽和水溶液(100毫升)中。用EtOAc提 取該混合物(3X)並用MgS04乾燥經合併有機提取物,過濾 • 並直接濃縮至Si〇2上。藉由HPLC(方法1)純化粗產物,藉 此得到 55毫克乙酸酯(9)。4 NMR (400 MHz,A-DMSO) δ 12.78 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 H), 8.69-8.67 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.43-8.41 (m, 2 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 7 H), 5.32-5.17 (m, 3 H), 5.00 (d, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s. 3 H), 2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.71 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 • H),0.84 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.56分鐘,[M+H] + l 192。 實例5,磺醯胺(11)之製備:To a solution of Boc-amine-acetate (4,400 mg, 0.323 mmol) in DCM (25 mL) was added TFA (5 mL, 67·3 mmol). The reaction was dropped for 30 minutes and concentrated. The resulting yellow bubble was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and concentrated (3 repetitions). The crude amine salt was used directly without further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1.45 min, [Μ+Η] + 1138·0. To a solution of the amine (0.323 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) was added EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc) The solution was stirred for 3 minutes and poured into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogencarbonate (100 ml). The mixture was extracted with Et.sub.Ac (3x) and the combined organic extracts were dried with MgSO.sub.4. On the Si02. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography ( gradient elution: 5 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ LCMS: rt = 1.67 min. Step 3, Preparation of trifluoroacetate (9): To a solution of the acetate (10' 200 mg, 〇_162 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (50 mL) _Add KAO3 (50 mg, 〇 · 362 millimoles). The reaction was stirred for 10 minutes and concentrated. The solid was suspended in EtOAc and poured into a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen sulfate (100 mL). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3×) and dried with EtOAc EtOAc. The crude product was purified by HPLC (Method 1), whereby 55 mg of ethyl acetate (9) was obtained. 4 NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 12.78 (br s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 H), 8.69-8.67 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.43-8.41 (m, 2 H), 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.19 (d, 1 H), 8.02 (s, 1 H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 7 H), 5.32-5.17 (m, 3 H) , 5.00 (d, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s. 3 H), 2.70 (m, 1 H), 2.71 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.34-1.27 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 • H ), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.56 min, [M+H] + l 192. Example 5, Preparation of sulfonamide (11):

121012.doc -116- 342310 步驟1-2 ’乙酸酯(12)之製備: rTf。121012.doc -116- 342310 Step 1-2 Preparation of the acetate (12): rTf.

(12) 向Boc-胺-乙酸酯(4,100毫克,o.oh毫莫耳)溶於 DCM(25毫升)中之溶液中添加TFA(5毫升,67.3毫莫耳)。 將該反應物攪拌30分鐘並進行濃縮》將所產生黃色泡床溶 於DCM (10毫升)中並實施濃縮(重複3次)。將該粗胺鹽溶 於EtOAc中並傾倒至碳酸氫鈉飽和水溶液(1〇〇毫升)中 用 EtOAc提取該混合物(3x)並用MgS〇4乾燥經合併有機提取 物’過濾並實施濃缩。直接使用該以游離為主之粗胺而無 需進一步純化。LCMS : Rt= 1.45分鐘,[M+H] + 1138。 向該胺(0,081毫莫耳)溶於吡啶(5毫升)中之溶液中添加 甲烷磺醯氣(0.050毫升,0.646毫莫耳)。將該溶液授掉3〇 分鐘並傾倒至碳酸氫鈉飽和水溶液(1〇〇毫升)中。用Et〇Ac 提取該混合物(3x)並用MgS〇4乾燥經合併有機提取物,過 濾並直接濃縮至Si〇2i。將粗乙酸酯(12)用於下一步驟中 而無需任何進一步純化。LCMS : Rt = 1,42分鐘,[M+H] + 1216。 步驟3,磺醯胺(Π)之製備: 121012.doc •117· 1342310 向磺醯胺(12)溶於MeOH (10毫升)中之溶液中添加K2c〇3 (50毫克’ 0.362毫莫耳)。將該反應物搜拌5分鐘,濃縮並 藉由HPLC (方法2)實施純化以得到15毫克磺醯胺11。4 NMR (400 MHz,A-DMSO) δ 10.62 (br s,1 H),9.00 (br d, 1 Η), 8.68-B.66 (m, 2 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.37 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.15 (d, 1 H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 7 H), 7.07 (br s, 1 H), 6.02 (d, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01-4.98 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 3.77 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.12 (s, 3 H), 2.73-2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.19-2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 1 H),0.87 (d,3 H),0.84 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.31 分鐘’ [M+H] + l 174。 實例6,胺(13)之製備:(12) To a solution of Boc-amine-acetate (4,100 mg, o.oh.m.) in DCM (25 mL) was added TFA (5 mL, 67.3 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes and concentrated. The resulting yellow bubble was dissolved in DCM (10 mL) and concentrated (3 times). The crude amine salt was dissolved in EtOAc and EtOAc (EtOAc)EtOAc. The crude amine, which is mainly free, was used directly without further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1.45 min, [M+H] + 1138. To a solution of this amine (0,081 mmol) in pyridine (5 mL) was added methane sulfonium (0.050 mL, 0.646 m.). The solution was dispensed for 3 min and poured into a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate (1 mL). The mixture was extracted with Et 〇Ac (3x) and the combined organic extracts were dried with &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt; The crude acetate (12) was used in the next step without any further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1,42 min, [M+H] + 1216. Step 3: Preparation of sulfonamide (Π): 121012.doc • 117· 1342310 Add K2c〇3 (50 mg '0.362 mmol) to a solution of sulfonamide (12) in MeOH (10 ml) . The reaction was stirred for 5 min, concentrated and purified by HPLC (Method 2) to give 15 mg of sulfonamide 11.4 NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 10.62 (br s, 1 H), 9.00 (br d, 1 Η), 8.68-B.66 (m, 2 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.37 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (s, 1 H), 8.15 (d, 1 H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 7 H), 7.07 (br s, 1 H), 6.02 (d, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01 -4.98 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 3.77 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.12 (s, 3 H), 2.73 -2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.19-2.13 (m, 1 H), 1.36-1.28 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3) H), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.31 min. [M+H] + l 174. Example 6, Preparation of Amine (13):

(13) 步驟1-2,Boc-胺(14)之製備: 12I012.doc •118· 1342310(13) Step 1-2, Preparation of Boc-Amine (14): 12I012.doc •118· 1342310

Boc-胺(14)之製備係根據實例3 _所述之方法實施,只是 使用5-(茗三·丁氧基羰基胺基)-戊酸之醯氣作為醯基化試 劑。LCMS : Rt = 1_66分鐘,[M+2H]+1338 » 步驟3,胺(13)之製備: 向Boc-胺(14,150毫克,0.112毫莫耳)溶於DCM (5毫升) 中之溶液中添加TFA (2毫升,26.9毫莫耳)。將該溶液攪拌 30分鐘並直接濃縮至Si02上。急驟層析(梯度洗脫:0_10〇/〇The preparation of Boc-amine (14) was carried out according to the method described in Example 3, except that helium gas of 5-(indolyl-butoxycarbonylamino)-pentanoic acid was used as the thiolation reagent. LCMS: Rt = 1 - 66 min, [M+2H] +1 338 &lt;&quot;&quot;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; Add TFA (2 ml, 26.9 mmol). The solution was stirred for 30 minutes and concentrated directly onto SiO 2 . Flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0_10〇/〇

MeOH/DCM,然後 100% DCM ’ 然後0-10% MeOH/DCM •及 0.1% AcOH)提供 90毫克胺l3。1HNMR(400 MHz,ί/6 DMSO) 5 11.16 (br s, 1 Η), 9.23 (br d, 1 Η), 8.77 (br d, 1 H), 8.62 (br d, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.42 (m, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 2 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 5 H), 7.28-6.95 (m, 2 H), 6.14 (d, 1 H), 5.46 (t, 1 H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.19 (dd, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.85-2.79 (m, 2 H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 2 H), 2.59 (s, 1 H), 2.46 (d, 3 H), 2.44-2.42 (m, 2 H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 1 •119· 12I0I2.doc Η), 1.96 (s, 3 Η), 1.70-1.56 (m, 4 Η), 1.50-1.42 (m, 1 Η), 0.88 (d,3 Η),0.84 (d, 3 Η)。LCMS : Rt = 1.06 分鐘, [M+2H] + 1238。 實例7,胺(15)之製備:MeOH/DCM, then 100% DCM ' then 0-10% MeOH/DCM and 0.1% AcOH) afforded 90 mg of amine l3.1HNMR (400 MHz, ί/6 DMSO) 5 11.16 (br s, 1 Η), 9.23 (br d, 1 Η), 8.77 (br d, 1 H), 8.62 (br d, 1 H), 8.58 (s, 1 H), 8.44-8.42 (m, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H ), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.14 (d, 1 H), 7.84 (s, 1 H), 7.73-7.64 (m, 2 H), 7.41 (s, 1 H), 7.35-7.31 (m, 5 H), 7.28-6.95 (m, 2 H), 6.14 (d, 1 H), 5.46 (t, 1 H), 5.29-5.25 (m, 1 H), 5.19 (dd, 1 H), 4.97 ( s, 2 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 3.72 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 2.85-2.79 (m, 2 H), 2.71-2.65 (m, 2 H), 2.59 (s, 1 H), 2.46 (d, 3 H), 2.44-2.42 (m, 2 H), 2.22-2.15 (m, 1 •119· 12I0I2.doc Η), 1.96 (s, 3 Η), 1.70-1.56 (m, 4 Η), 1.50-1.42 (m, 1 Η), 0.88 (d, 3 Η), 0.84 (d, 3 Η). LCMS: Rt = 1.06 min, [M+2H] + 1238. Example 7, Preparation of Amine (15):

Boc-胺(15)係以實例6中所述之方式製備。然後根據實例 4中所述之程序去除乙酸酯保護基團。根據實例6中所述之 程序去除boc保護基團。HPLC純化(方法1)提供胺(15)。巾 NMR (400 MHz,A-DMSO) δ 11.16 (s, 1 Η), 9.02, (br d, 1 Η), 8.70-8.65 (m, 2 Η), 8.60 (s, 1 Η), 8.45-8.41 (m, 1 Η), 8.40 (d, 1 Η), 8.24 (s, 1 Η), 8.13 (d, 1 Η), 7.84 (s, 1 Η), 7.69-7.62 (br s, 3 H), 7.38-7.20 (m, 7 H), 6.03 (br s, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.02-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd, 1 H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 4 H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 2 H), 2.73-2.69 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.46-2.42 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.70-1.54 (m, 4 H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.17 (t, 6 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d,3 H)。LCMS : Rt= 0.93分鐘,[M+2H]+1196。 121012.doc -120- 1342310Boc-amine (15) was prepared as described in Example 6. The acetate protecting group was then removed according to the procedure described in Example 4. The boc protecting group was removed according to the procedure described in Example 6. Purification by HPLC (Method 1) provides the amine (15). Towel NMR (400 MHz, A-DMSO) δ 11.16 (s, 1 Η), 9.02, (br d, 1 Η), 8.70-8.65 (m, 2 Η), 8.60 (s, 1 Η), 8.45-8.41 (m, 1 Η), 8.40 (d, 1 Η), 8.24 (s, 1 Η), 8.13 (d, 1 Η), 7.84 (s, 1 Η), 7.69-7.62 (br s, 3 H), 7.38-7.20 (m, 7 H), 6.03 (br s, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.02-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.28 (dd , 1 H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.12-3.06 (m, 4 H), 2.84-2.79 (m, 2 H), 2.73-2.69 (m, 1 H) , 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.46-2.42 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.70-1.54 (m, 4 H), 1.29-1.22 (m, 1 H), 1.17 (t, 6 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 0.93 min, [M+2H] +1196. 121012.doc -120- 1342310

醯胺(16)係根據實例3中所示之程序製備。1H NMR (400Indoleamine (16) was prepared according to the procedure shown in Example 3. 1H NMR (400

MHz, c?6-DMSO) δ 10.69 (s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 H), 8.68-8.66 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.45-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 7 H), 6.03 (br s, 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 4.18 (s, 2 H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 2 H), 3.63-3.59 (m, 4 H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 2 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.24 (s, 3 H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.45 分鐘, [M+H] + 1256。 實例9,酸(17)之製備 121012.doc -121 - 1342310MHz, c?6-DMSO) δ 10.69 (s, 1 Η), 9.00 (br d, 1 H), 8.68-8.66 (m, 2 H), 8.59 (s, 1 H), 8.45-8.41 (m, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H), 8.25 (s, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 7 H), 6.03 (br s , 1 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.01-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 4.18 (s, 2 H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 2 H), 3.63-3.59 (m, 4 H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 2 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.24 (s, 3 H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.20-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.35-1.28 (m, 1 H), 0.87 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.45 min, [M+H] + 1256. Example 9, Preparation of Acid (17) 121012.doc -121 - 1342310

(17) 步驟1 :醯胺(18)之製備(17) Step 1: Preparation of guanamine (18)

向Boc-胺-乙酸酯(3,200毫克,〇. 167毫莫耳)溶於 DMF(5毫升)中之溶液中添加CS2CO3 (100毫克’ 0,309毫莫 耳)及碘甲烷(0.100毫升,1·61毫莫耳,用Al2〇3中和)。將 該溶液攪拌2小時,濃縮並使用至下一步驟中而無需進一 步純化》LCMS : Rt = 1.85,[Μ+ϋ;1 + 12ΐ{) 〇 步驟2-4 :酸(17)之製備 酸(17)係根據實例3中 MHz, ί/5-DMSO) δ 9.01 8-59 (s, 1 Η), 8.45-8.41 机啤。ιΗ NMR (400Add CS2CO3 (100 mg '0,309 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.100 mL) to a solution of Boc-amine-acetate (3,200 mg, 167 mM) in DMF (5 mL). 1.61 millimolar, neutralized with Al2〇3). The solution was stirred for 2 hours, concentrated and used in the next step without further purification. LCMS: Rt = 1.85, [Μ+ϋ;1 + 12ΐ{) 〇Step 2-4: Acid (17) Preparation of acid ( 17) According to Example 3, MHz, ί/5-DMSO) δ 9.01 8-59 (s, 1 Η), 8.45-8.41 beer. Η NMR (400

(br d, 1 Hs R (m,1 HU.w (I9·8.66 ㈤ 2 H), (d,1 H),8.26 (s,1 121012.doc 、122· P42310 Η), 8.22 (d, 1 Η), 7.92 (br s, 1 H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.00-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 3.81-3.76 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.34 (br s, 3 H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 2 H), 2.26-2.41 (m, 2 H), 2.19-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 2 H), 1.33- 1.25 (m, 1 H), 0.88 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H)。LCMS : Rt= 1·27,[M+H]+1224。 實例10,酸(19)之製備(br d, 1 Hs R (m, 1 HU.w (I9·8.66 (five) 2 H), (d, 1 H), 8.26 (s, 1 121012.doc, 122· P42310 Η), 8.22 (d, 1 Η), 7.92 (br s, 1 H), 7.39-7.20 (m, 8 H), 5.31-5.18 (m, 3 H), 5.00-4.99 (m, 1 H), 4.97 (s, 2 H), 4.27 (dd, 1 H), 3.81-3.76 (dd, 1 H), 3.38 (s, 3 H), 3.34 (br s, 3 H), 2.73-2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.58 (s, 3 H), 2.47 (d, 3 H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 2 H), 2.26-2.41 (m, 2 H), 2.19-2.12 (m, 1 H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 2 H) , 1.33- 1.25 (m, 1 H), 0.88 (d, 3 H), 0.84 (d, 3 H). LCMS: Rt = 1·27, [M+H] +1224. Example 10, acid (19) Preparation

酸(19)係根據實例3中所述之程序製備。fH NMR (DMSO-^) δ 11.22 (s, 1 Η), 9.27 (d, 1 Η), 8.65-8.69 (m, 2 Η), 8.58 (s, 1 Η), 8.42-8.45 (m, 1 Η), 8.38 (d, 1 Η), 8.23 (s, 1 Η), 8.13 (d, 1 Η), 7.83 (s, 1 Η), 7.19-7.46 (m, 8 Η), 6.42 (br s, 1 Η), 5.18-5.30 (m, 3 Η), 5.02 (d, 1 Η), 4.98 (s, 2 Η), 4.27-4.34 (m, 1 Η), 3.77-3.82 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.69-2.74 (m, 2 Η), 2.58 (s, 3 Η), 2.41-2.46 (m, 5 Η), 2.14-2.23 (m, 3 Η), 1.79-1.85 (m, 2 Η), 1.28-1.34 (m, 1 Η), 0.83-0.88 (m,6 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.18,[M+H]+1210。 121012.doc -123 - 1342310 實例11,酸(20)之製備Acid (19) was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 3. fH NMR (DMSO-^) δ 11.22 (s, 1 Η), 9.27 (d, 1 Η), 8.65-8.69 (m, 2 Η), 8.58 (s, 1 Η), 8.42-8.45 (m, 1 Η) ), 8.38 (d, 1 Η), 8.23 (s, 1 Η), 8.13 (d, 1 Η), 7.83 (s, 1 Η), 7.19-7.46 (m, 8 Η), 6.42 (br s, 1 Η), 5.18-5.30 (m, 3 Η), 5.02 (d, 1 Η), 4.98 (s, 2 Η), 4.27-4.34 (m, 1 Η), 3.77-3.82 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.69-2.74 (m, 2 Η), 2.58 (s, 3 Η), 2.41-2.46 (m, 5 Η), 2.14-2.23 (m, 3 Η), 1.79-1.85 (m , 2 Η), 1.28-1.34 (m, 1 Η), 0.83-0.88 (m, 6 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.18, [M+H] +1 210. 121012.doc -123 - 1342310 Example 11, Preparation of Acid (20)

酸(20)係根據實例3中所述之程序製備。iH NMR (DMSO-^5) δ 11.18 (s, 1 Η), 9.00 (d, 1 Η), 8.67 (d, 2 Η), 8.59 (s, 1 Η), 8.42 (d, 2 Η), 8.24 (s, 1 Η), 8.14 (d, 1 Η), 7.80 (s, 1 Η), 7.22-7.38 (m, 8 Η), 5.18-5.31 (m, 3 Η), 5.00 (d, 1 Η), 4.97 (s, 2 Η), 4.24-4.30 (m, 1 Η), 3.75-3.81 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.63-2.73 (m, 2 Η), 2.58 (s, 3 Η), 2.53- 2.56 (m, 1 Η), 2.46-2.48 (m, 5 Η), 2.13-2.19 (m, 1 Η), 1.29-Acid (20) was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 3. iH NMR (DMSO-^5) δ 11.18 (s, 1 Η), 9.00 (d, 1 Η), 8.67 (d, 2 Η), 8.59 (s, 1 Η), 8.42 (d, 2 Η), 8.24 (s, 1 Η), 8.14 (d, 1 Η), 7.80 (s, 1 Η), 7.22-7.38 (m, 8 Η), 5.18-5.31 (m, 3 Η), 5.00 (d, 1 Η) , 4.97 (s, 2 Η), 4.24-4.30 (m, 1 Η), 3.75-3.81 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.63-2.73 (m, 2 Η), 2.58 (s , 3 Η), 2.53- 2.56 (m, 1 Η), 2.46-2.48 (m, 5 Η), 2.13-2.19 (m, 1 Η), 1.29-

1.35 (m,1 H),0.83-0.88 (m,6 H)。LCMS : Rt = 1.22分 鐘,[M+H] + l 196。 實例12,胺(21)之製備1.35 (m, 1 H), 0.83-0.88 (m, 6 H). LCMS: Rt = 1.22 min, [M+H] + l 196. Example 12, Preparation of Amine (21)

121012.doc -124- 1342310 胺(2丨)係根據實例7中之程序製備。咕nmr (DMs〇^^ δ 9.01 (d,l Η), 8.65-8.69 (ίη,2Η)&gt;8 59 (δ5ΐΗ)58 39_8 44 (m,2H),8.24(s’lH),8.13(d,iH),7.83(s,lH),7.20- 7.37 (m,8 Η),6.02 (d,1 η),5.18-5.31 (m,3 Η),5.00 (d,1 Η), 4.97 (s, 2 Η), 4.24-4.30 (m5 λ 3.76-3.81 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.66-2.72 (m, 3 Η), 2.58 (s, 3 Η), 2.44-2.4 (m, 5 Η), 2.14-2.18 (m, 1 Η), 1.72-1.79 (m, 2 Η), 1.24-1.33 (m,1 Η),0.83·0.88 (m,6 Η)。LCMS : &amp; = 〇 %, [Μ+Η]+1181。 實例13,胺基噻唑氫氣酸(22)之製備121012.doc -124- 1342310 The amine (2丨) was prepared according to the procedure in Example 7.咕nmr (DMs〇^^ δ 9.01 (d,l Η), 8.65-8.69 (ίη,2Η)&gt;8 59 (δ5ΐΗ)58 39_8 44 (m,2H), 8.24(s'lH), 8.13(d , iH), 7.83 (s, lH), 7.20- 7.37 (m, 8 Η), 6.02 (d, 1 η), 5.18-5.31 (m, 3 Η), 5.00 (d, 1 Η), 4.97 (s , 2 Η), 4.24-4.30 (m5 λ 3.76-3.81 (m, 1 Η), 3.38 (s, 3 Η), 2.66-2.72 (m, 3 Η), 2.58 (s, 3 Η), 2.44-2.4 (m, 5 Η), 2.14-2.18 (m, 1 Η), 1.72-1.79 (m, 2 Η), 1.24-1.33 (m, 1 Η), 0.83·0.88 (m, 6 Η). LCMS : &amp ; = 〇%, [Μ+Η]+1181. Example 13, Preparation of Amino Thiazole Hydrogen Acid (22)

使氫氣酸經由經Boc保護之胺(4,1 _4克,1.1毫莫耳)溶 於DCM (20毫升)中之溶液鼓泡30分鐘。然後密封該反應混 合物並攪拌30分鐘,其後用氮氣使該反應混合物鼓泡。該 混合物失去其凝膠狀外觀。將DCM (5毫升)添加至該溶液 中’並使HC1氣體經其再鼓泡20分鐘,隨後使氮氣鼓泡3〇 分鐘。濃縮後得到呈亮橙色固體之粗產物(1.32克)並使用 於下一步驟中而無需進一步純化》LCMS : Rt = K5分鐘, I21012.doc • 125· 1342310 [M+H]+ 1138。 實例14,酸(23)之製備:Hydrogen acid was bubbled through a solution of Boc-protected amine (4,1 - 4 g, 1.1 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then sealed and stirred for 30 minutes, after which time the reaction mixture was bubbled with nitrogen. The mixture loses its gelatinous appearance. DCM (5 ml) was added to the solution and the HC1 gas was bubbled through it for another 20 minutes, then nitrogen was bubbled for 3 Torr. After concentrating, the title compound was obtained mjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjJ Example 14, Preparation of Acid (23):

• (23) 步驟1,使用iV-環己基碳化二亞胺、甲基聚笨乙烯之偶 合反應 向胺基噻唑氫氣酸(22,348毫克,1當量)溶於DCM (20 毫升)及吡啶(0.5毫升)中之溶液中添加1(-)-4-曱基戊二酸 1-單甲基酯(72.0微升’ 0.45毫莫耳,2當量)及環己基碳 化二亞胺、TV’-〒基聚苯乙烯(348毫克,0.90毫莫耳,3當 量)。將該反應混合物攪拌4小時,然後經由矽藻土過濾該 • 溶液並進行濃縮。 步驟2’乙酸酯之去保護並皂化至酸• (23) Step 1, using iV-cyclohexylcarbodiimide, methyl polystyrene coupling reaction to aminothiazole hydrogen acid (22,348 mg, 1 equivalent) dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and pyridine ( Add 1 (-)-4-mercaptosuccinic acid 1-monomethyl ester (72.0 μl '0.45 mmol, 2 equivalents) and cyclohexylcarbodiimide, TV'- Mercapto polystyrene (348 mg, 0.90 mmol, 3 equivalents). The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours, then the solution was filtered through celite and concentrated. Step 2' deprotection of the acetate and saponification to the acid

將該濃縮物溶於THF (5.0毫升)、MeOH (5.0毫升)及水 (2.0毫升)中。向該溶液中添加4 M LiOH (0.34毫升,3·96 毫莫耳)。添加氣化銨(飽和水溶液)以中和過量Li〇H,並 將該溶液濃缩至二氧化矽上。用存於中之i〇0/〇 Me〇H 第一次層析粗殘餘物(等度)。第二次層析(梯度洗脫:〇-10% MeOH/DCM)得到產物 23。HRMS [m+h]+ 1224 2688。 121012.doc -126· 1342310 LC Rt = 14.85 分鐘。 實例15,胺基-酸(24)之製備:The concentrate was dissolved in THF (5.0 mL), MeOH (EtOAc) To this solution was added 4 M LiOH (0.34 mL, 3.96 mmol). An ammonium sulfate (saturated aqueous solution) was added to neutralize excess Li 〇 H, and the solution was concentrated to cerium oxide. The first time the crude residue (isocratic) was chromatographed with i〇0/〇 Me〇H in the middle. A second chromatography (gradient elution: 〇-10% MeOH / DCM) gave product. HRMS [m+h]+ 1224 2688. 121012.doc -126· 1342310 LC Rt = 14.85 minutes. Example 15, Preparation of Amino-Acid (24):

• (24) 步驟1 : 用於24醯胺偶合之條件與實例14相同,只是步驟1使用 Boc-(L)榖胺酸第三-丁基酯(27.3毫克,〇.〇9毫莫耳)。 步驟2 : 使用實例5中程序來去除乙酸酯保護基團。急驟層析 (50-80%乙酸乙酯/己烷)得到239毫克黃色固體。 步驟3 : Boc及第三-丁基基團之去保護• (24) Step 1: The conditions for the coupling of the 24 amide are the same as in Example 14, except that Step 1 uses Boc-(L) decyl phthalate (27.3 mg, 〇.〇9 mmol) . Step 2: The procedure in Example 5 was used to remove the acetate protecting group. Flash chromatography (50-80% ethyl acetate / hexanes) afforded 239 mg. Step 3: Deprotection of Boc and the third-butyl group

將該材料溶於DCM (50毫升)中並使HC1氣體經由該溶液 鼓泡10分鐘❽然後用氮氣使該溶液鼓泡以去除過量酸。經 由HPLC純化得到24 (9毫克)。LCMS : Rt = 〇 99分鐘, [M+2H]+ 1226 實例16,磺醯胺(25)之製備: 12l012.doc -127- 1342310The material was dissolved in DCM (50 mL) and HCl was then bubbled from the solution for 10 min and then the solution was bubbled with nitrogen to remove excess acid. Purification by HPLC gave 24 (9 mg). LCMS: Rt = 〇 99 min, [M+2H] + 1226 Example 16. Preparation of sulfonamide (25): 12l012.doc -127- 1342310

(25) 步驟1 : • 向胺基噻唑氫氣酸鹽(22,1〇克,〇85毫莫耳)溶於吡啶 (30毫升)中之溶液中添加2_苯二甲醯亞胺基乙炫項酿氣 (700毫克,2.6毫莫耳)。將該反應物搜拌2小時。再添加磺 醯氣(236毫克,1.3毫莫耳於攪拌30分鐘後,將該混合 物濃縮至矽膠上並經由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:5〇_1〇〇% EtOAc/己烷)實施純化,得到產物(5〇0毫克)。 步驟2:鄰笨二甲酿亞胺之去保護 向磺醯胺溶於MeOH (30毫升)中之溶液中添加水合耕 # (0.5毫升)。將該反應物攪拌1小時並將該混合物濃縮至砂 膠上並經由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:0-10% MeOH/DCM然後 1% NH4OH + 10% MeOH/DCM)實施第一次純化。第二次純 化係使用Biotage管柱C18 (梯度洗脫:i〇_70〇/0 cH3CN/H20 及0.01% TFA)實施,提供呈白色固體之TFA鹽(10.4毫 克)。HRMS : 1203.1965, LC Rt = 12.33分鐘。 實例17,磷酸(26)之製備 121012.doc -128- 1342310(25) Step 1: • Add 2-phenyl phthalimide to a solution of aminothiazole hydroformate (22, 1 g, 〇85 mmol) in pyridine (30 mL) The brewing gas (700 mg, 2.6 millimoles). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours. After additional sulfonium (236 mg, 1.3 mmol) was stirred for 30 minutes, the mixture was concentrated to silica gel and purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 5 〇 〇〇 EtOAc / hexane) The product was obtained (5 〇 0 mg). Step 2: Deprotection of o-bromoimine. To a solution of sulfonamide dissolved in MeOH (30 ml) was added hydration tillage # (0.5 ml). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and the mixture was concentrated onto a pad of silica eluting with flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-10% MeOH / DCM then 1% NH4OH + 10% MeOH / DCM). Purification was carried out using a Biotage column C18 (gradient elution: i _ _ 70 〇 / 0 c s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s s Example 17, Preparation of Phosphoric Acid (26) 121012.doc -128- 1342310

步驟1 : 修 化合物26之酿胺合成係根據上文所述之程序使用二乙基 磷酸根基戊酸(0.2毫升)及PS-DCC實施。 步驟2 :磷酸之去保護 在〇°C下向磷酯(275毫克,0.21毫莫耳)溶於DCM (50毫 升)中之冷卻溶液中添加TMSBr (1毫升,&gt;100當量)。將該 混合物攪拌1小時,然後溫熱至室溫。添加TMSBr (2毫 升,&gt;100當量)並在室溫下將該溶液攪拌1小時。將該混合 物濃縮至乾燥狀態,直接使用該粗磷酸而無需進一步純 鲁化。 步驟3 : 乙酸酯去除係根據上文所述之程序實施。在C18 biotage 管柱上實施純化。實施兩次純化(梯度洗脫:20-80 %乙腈/ 水及0.1 % TFA ;第二次管柱20-80 %乙腈/水及0.1 %)以得 到產物26。HRMS : m/2 = 630.6124,LC Rt = 13.24分鐘。 實例18,醇(27)之製備: 1210l2.doc -129- 1342310Step 1: The tanning amine synthesis of compound 26 was carried out using diethyl phosphate valeric acid (0.2 mL) and PS-DCC according to the procedure described above. Step 2: Deprotection of Phosphoric Acid TMSBr (1 mL, &gt; 100 equivalents) was added to a cooled solution of phosphoester (275 mg, 0.21 mmol) dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then allowed to warm to room temperature. TMSBr (2 ml, &gt; 100 equivalents) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and the crude phosphoric acid was used directly without further purification. Step 3: Acetate removal was carried out according to the procedure described above. Purification was carried out on a C18 biotage column. Two purifications (gradient elution: 20-80% acetonitrile/water and 0.1% TFA; second column 20-80% acetonitrile/water and 0.1%) were carried out to obtain product 26. HRMS: m/2 = 630.6124, LC Rt = 13.24 min. Example 18, Preparation of alcohol (27): 1210l2.doc -129- 1342310

(27) 向酸23 (1.0克,0.82毫莫耳)溶於THF(2〇毫升)中之〇t&gt;c溶 籲液中添加以…(0.11毫升,0.82毫莫耳)隨後添加氣甲酸乙 畴(0_08毫升,〇.89毫莫耳)。將該混合物攪拌3〇分鐘然 後溫熱至室溫並再攪拌30分鐘。過濾掉三乙胺氫氣酸鹽並 再次將該溶液冷卻至〇°C。添加存於水(3毫升)中之NaBH4 (68毫克,1.8毫莫耳)。將該混合物攪拌3〇分鐘,溫熱至室 溫並再攪拌30分鐘。該混合物用1 n HC1中和並用DCM實 施分配。收集有機提取物並實施濃縮。經由層析:管柱i, 81(^吕6(:18管柱,梯度洗脫20-70。/。乙腈/水及0.1%丁?入純 _ 化產物。第二次純化重複管柱1之條件。第三次純化使用 Biotage C18管柱(梯度洗脫:20-70%乙腈/水及0.1%曱酸 銨)以提供產物 e LCMS Rt = 1.37分鐘,[M+H]+1210。 實例19,酸(28)之製備: -130· I21012.doc 1342310(27) Add acid 23 (1.0 g, 0.82 mmol) to THF (2 mL) in THF (2 mL) Domain (0_08 ml, 〇.89 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 minutes and then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for additional 30 minutes. The triethylamine hydrogenate was filtered off and the solution was again cooled to 〇 °C. NaBH4 (68 mg, 1.8 mmol) in water (3 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 minutes, warmed to room temperature and stirred for a further 30 minutes. The mixture was neutralized with 1 n HC1 and partitioned with DCM. Organic extracts were collected and concentrated. By chromatography: column i, 81 (^ Lu 6 (: 18 column, gradient elution 20-70. / acetonitrile / water and 0.1% butyl into the pure _ product. The second purification of the column 1 The third purification was performed using a Biotage C18 column (gradient elution: 20-70% acetonitrile/water and 0.1% ammonium sulphate) to afford product e LCMS Rt = 1.37 min, [M+H] +1 210. 19, Preparation of acid (28): -130· I21012.doc 1342310

(28) 步驟1 :(28) Step 1:

化合物28之醯胺合成係根據上文所述之PS-DCC程序使 用反-4-羰甲氧基環己烷-1-甲酸(316毫克,1.70毫莫耳)實 施。 步驟2 : 用於合成28之乙酸酯之去保護及皂化係根據上文所述程 序實施。經由急驟層析(等度洗脫:10% MeOH/DCM)然後 經由HPLC純化提供呈淺黃色固體之28 (100毫克)。 LCMS : Rt = 1.37分鐘,[M+H]+ = 1250。 • 實例20,胺基-醯胺(29)之製備:The indoleamine synthesis of compound 28 was carried out using the trans-4-carbonylmethoxycyclohexane-l-carboxylic acid (316 mg, 1.70 mmol) according to the PS-DCC procedure described above. Step 2: Deprotection and saponification of the acetate used in Synthesis 28 was carried out according to the procedure described above. Purification by flash chromatography (isocratic elution: 10% MeOH / DCM) LCMS: Rt = 1.37 min, [M+H] + = 1250. • Example 20, Preparation of Amino-decylamine (29):

(29) 12I012.doc -131 - 1342310 向28 (470毫克,0.38毫莫耳)溶於丙酮(2〇毫升)、水(3〇 微升)及EhN (0,2毫升,1.5毫莫耳)中之溶液中添加氣甲酸 乙酯(0.07毫升,0.75毫莫耳)。將該溶液攪拌1小時並添加 乙—胺(0.5¾升,7.5毫莫耳然後將該粗溶液濃縮至石夕 膠上並經由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:0-20% MeOH/DCM)然後 經由HPLC實施純化以得到呈黃色固體之產物。[CMS : Rt =0.94分鐘,[M-H]+ 1290。 實例21,胺基甲酸酯(3〇)之製備:(29) 12I012.doc -131 - 1342310 to 28 (470 mg, 0.38 mmol) dissolved in acetone (2 mL), water (3 μL) and EhN (0, 2 mL, 1.5 mmol) Ethyl formate (0.07 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added to the solution. The solution was stirred for 1 hour and ethylamine (0.53⁄4 liters, 7.5 mmol) was added and the crude solution was concentrated to EtOAc and flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-20% MeOH/DCM) Purification was carried out via HPLC to give the product as a yellow solid. [[jjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj

(30) 步驟1 : 向醯疊氮2(1.15克,1.00毫莫耳)存於甲苯(6〇毫升)中之 懸浮液中添加醇(0.354克,3.〇〇毫莫耳)並在肋它將該混合 物攪拌4小時。在算玄7*濃縮該反應物並藉由急驟層析(庚 烷/EtOAc)純化粗產物以得到丨^克㈧815毫莫耳,81 5〇/〇) 中間體酯。 步驟2 : 向該酯(1.01克,0.815毫莫耳)溶於Me〇H(25毫升)及水(3 毫升)中之溶液中添加氫氧化鈉(0 325克,8·13毫莫耳)並在 121012.doc •132· 1342310 22°C下將該混合物攪拌16小時。使該反應物名算空γ漠縮 並藉由急驟層析(MeOH/DCM)純化粗產物以產生0.705克 (0.575 毫莫耳,71%)30。LC : Rt = 14.83 分鐘,HRMS: [M+H]+ 1226.2257。 實例22,胺曱醯基-酸(31)之製備:(30) Step 1: Add alcohol (0.354 g, 3. 〇〇 mmol) to the suspension of hydrazine nitrogen 2 (1.15 g, 1.00 mmol) in toluene (6 mM) and in the rib It stirred the mixture for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated in EtOAc (yield: EtOAc (EtOAc)). Step 2: Add sodium hydroxide (0 325 g, 8.13 mmol) to a solution of the ester (1.01 g, 0.815 mmol) dissolved in EtOAc (25 mL) and water (3 mL) The mixture was stirred at 121012.doc • 132· 1342310 22 ° C for 16 hours. The reaction was quenched by gamma and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM) to yield &lt;RTIgt; LC: Rt = 14.83 min, HRMS: [M+H] + 1226.2257. Example 22, Preparation of Amidino-Acid (31):

(31) 步驟1 : 向醯疊氮(2 ’ 0.600克,0.522毫莫耳)溶於甲苯(20毫升) 中之懸浮液中添加反-4-羥基-環己烷曱酸乙基酯(0.134 克’ 0.778毫莫耳)並在80°C下將該混合物攪拌5小時。使該 _ 反應物在真空77》農縮並藉由急驟層析(MeOH/DCM)純化粗 產物以產生0.236克(0.182毫莫耳,35%)酯。 步驟2 : 向該醋(0.236克,0.182毫莫耳)溶於THF(3.6毫升)及 H2〇(1.2毫升)中之溶液中添加氫氧化鋰(〇 〇45克,j 29毫莫 耳)並在22°C下將該混合物攪拌48小時。使該反應物在彦 空7*濃縮並藉由急驟層析(Me〇H/DCM)純化粗產物以產生 0.119 克(0.094 毫莫耳,52%)31。經由 hplc(30 X 100 毫米 121012.doc -133- 1342310 C18 Waters Sunfire ’ 梯度洗脫30-80% ACN/H2〇、〇.ι〇/。 TFA、6毫升/分鐘持續9分鐘)進一步純化得到31。LC : Rt =12.98分鐘。HRMS: m/2, [M+2H]+ 633.6321。 實例23,脲(32)之製備:(31) Step 1: Add trans-4-hydroxy-cyclohexanecapric acid ethyl ester to a suspension of hydrazine (2' 0.600 g, 0.522 mmol) in toluene (20 mL) (0.134) g '0.778 mmol> and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C for 5 hours. The reaction was thawed in vacuo and the crude material was purified by flash chromatography (MeOH / DCM) to yield &lt;RTIgt; Step 2: To a solution of the vinegar (0.236 g, 0.182 mmol) dissolved in THF (3.6 mL) and H.sub.2 (1.2 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (45 g, j 29 mmol) and The mixture was stirred at 22 ° C for 48 hours. The reaction was concentrated in EtOAc (yield: EtOAc/EtOAc). Further purification was obtained by hplc (30 X 100 mm 121012.doc -133-1342310 C18 Waters Sunfire 'gradient elution 30-80% ACN/H2 〇, 〇.ι〇/. TFA, 6 ml/min for 9 minutes) . LC: Rt = 12.98 min. HRMS: m/2, [M+2H]+ 633.6321. Example 23, Preparation of urea (32):

(32) 步驟1 : 向胺22(0.115克,0_101毫莫耳)溶於吡啶(4毫升)中之溶 液中添加3-異氰酸根基丙酸乙基酯(0.452毫升,0.343毫莫 耳)並在22°C下將該混合物攪拌1小時》使該反應物在算坌 T濃縮並使殘餘物與甲苯共沸以提供0.129克(0.101毫莫 耳)32之乙酸-酯。LCMS: m/2 [M+2H]+ 641。 步驟2 : 向該乙酸酯(0.129克,0.101毫莫耳)溶於MeOH(4毫升)中 之溶液中添加K2C03(42毫克,0.303毫莫耳)並在22。(:下將 該混合物攪拌2小時。.經由注射器添加溶於H20 (2毫升)中 之NaOH (固體,100毫克,2.5毫莫耳)並將該反應混合物 攪拌24小時。在減壓下去除各種揮發成份。藉由1^1^(:(30-80% ACN/H20,0·1 % TFA)純化殘餘物以提供30毫克 121012.doc •134- ()只色固體32。LC : Rt = 16.69分鐘,MS [M+H]+ 1211 實例24,磺醯基脲(3 3)之製備:(32) Step 1 : To a solution of the amine 22 (0.115 g, 0-101 mmol) in pyridine (4 ml), ethyl 3-isocyanotopropanoate (0.452 ml, 0.343 mmol) The mixture was stirred at 22 ° C for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated in EtOAc and the residue was taken from toluene to afford 0.129 g (0.101 mmol) of EtOAc. LCMS: m / 2 [M+2H] + 641. Step 2: To a solution of the acetate (0.129 g, 0.11 mmol) in MeOH (4 mL) was added K2C03 (42 mg, 0.303 mmol) and at 22. (The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. NaOH (solid, 100 mg, 2.5 mmol) dissolved in H20 (2 mL) was added via syringe and the reaction mixture was stirred for 24 hours. Volatile component. Purify the residue by 1^1^(:(30-80% ACN/H20, 0.1% TFA) to give 30 mg 121012.doc • 134- () color solid 32. LC : Rt = 16.69 minutes, MS [M+H] + 1211 Example 24, Preparation of sulfonyl urea (3 3):

(33) 步驟1 : 在〇C下向氣確酿異氰酸酯(I”克,9.6毫莫耳)溶於 DCM(50毫升)中之溶液中添加第三_Bu〇H(918微升,9沁毫 莫耳)並攪拌30分鐘,同時保持溫度在〇它。向胺22 (82〇毫 克’ 0.72毫莫耳)溶於吡啶(12毫升)中之溶液中添加〇2 μ 續酿氣溶液(1.44毫莫耳’ 0.72毫升)。在〇t下將該反應物 授拌5分鐘。名真空τ'蒸發溶劑並藉由驗性氧化紹急驟層 析(梯度洗脫:0-10%MeOH/DCM)純化固體以提供220毫克 boc-磺醯基脲。MS (M+H)+1317 » 步驟2 : 向中間體boc-磺醯基脲(106毫克,0·08毫莫耳)溶於 MeOH(10毫升)中之溶液中添加K2C〇3 (111毫克,〇.8毫莫 耳)。在22°C下將該反應物攪拌2小時。將1克Si02添加至 該反應中並在彦空T蒸發溶劑。藉由急驟層析(梯度洗 脫:0-10% MeOH/DCM)純化固體以提供102毫克黃色固 體。將該黃色固體(120毫克,0.09毫莫耳)溶於DCM(20毫 121012.doc -135- 1342310 升)中,冷卻至〇t並將HC1(氣體)鼓泡至該溶液中持續1〇分 鐘。對該反應實施封閉並攪拌2小時。將n2氣鼓泡至反應 中以去除過量HC1氣體。在算空π蒸發溶劑以提供14〇毫克 粗黃色固體。藉由HPLC純化(梯度洗脫:30-50% ACN/H20, 0.1 % TFA)純化固體以提供11毫克60%純度固體。第二次 HPLC純化(梯度洗脫:50-55% ACN/H20,0.1 % TFA)提供 6.7毫克產物 33。LCMS : Rt 1.24分鐘 ’(M+H)+ 1175 » 流程3 :咪唑之合成(33) Step 1: Add a third _Bu〇H (918 μl, 9沁) to a solution of the isocyanate (I", 9.6 mmol) dissolved in DCM (50 mL) at 〇C. Molly) and stir for 30 minutes while maintaining the temperature at 〇. Add 〇2 μ continuation of the brewing solution to the solution of the amine 22 (82 〇 mg '0.72 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (12 ml) (1.44 Millol '0.72 ml). The reaction was stirred for 5 minutes at 〇t. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo </ RTI> and was subjected to a flash chromatography (gradient elution: 0-10% MeOH/DCM) The solid was purified to give 220 mg of boc- sulphonylurea. MS (M+H) +1 317 &lt;&quot;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; Step 2: To the intermediate boc-sulfonylcarbazide (106 mg, 0.08 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (10) K2C〇3 (111 mg, 〇.8 mmol) was added to the solution in ML). The reaction was stirred at 22 ° C for 2 hours. 1 g of SiO 2 was added to the reaction and evaporated in the stencil T The solid was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc) Doc -135 - 1342310 liters), cooled to 〇t and bubbling HC1 (gas) into the solution for 1 Torr. The reaction was blocked and stirred for 2 hours. N2 gas was bubbled into the reaction to remove excess HC1 gas. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to afford 14 mg of crude yellow solid. The solid was purified by HPLC (gradient elution: 30-50% ACN/H20, 0.1% TFA) to afford 11 mg of 60% purity solid. Sub-HPLC purification (gradient elution: 50-55% ACN/H20, 0.1% TFA) afforded 6.7 mg of product 33. LCMS: Rt 1.24 min '(M+H) + 1175 » Scheme 3: Synthesis of imidazole

121012.doc -136-121012.doc -136-

實例25,咪唑(37)之製備:t^0H ΗExample 25, Preparation of imidazole (37): t^0H Η

步驟1 : 向boc-胺4(800毫克,0.647毫莫耳)存於DCM 〇5〇毫升) 中之懸浮液中添加HC1 (氣體,流)持續20分鐘。對該反應 貫施封Μι反應並擾掉3 0分鐘。將該反應物濃縮至乾燥狀雜 並使用於下一步驟中而無需進一步純化。將殘餘物懸浮於 DCM (150毫升)中並添加甲酸溶於乙酸酐〇毫升,3:2)中之 溶液隨後在至溫下授摔2小時。將粗甲酿胺(3 4)濃縮至乾燥 狀態並4彦空7&quot;儲存I2小時。LCMS : Rt 1.46分鐘, [M+H]+ 1166。 步驟2 : 向中間體甲醯胺(34 ’ 670毫克)存於DCM (100毫升)中之 懸浮液中添加DIPEA(1毫升’ 5.74毫莫耳)及卩〇(:13(1〇〇微 升’ 1.27毫莫耳卜在室溫下將該反應物攪拌3〇分鐘並添加 第二份DIPEA (1毫升,5.74毫莫耳)及p〇Cl3 (1〇〇微升, 1.27毫莫耳)》將該反應物再攪拌3〇分鐘且隨後濃縮至矽膠 上。藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:60-100% EtOAc於庚烷中) 1210l2.doc • 137- 1342310 純化得到150毫克異腈(35)。LCMS : Rt 1.72分鐘,[Μ] 1148。 步驟3 : 向異腈(35,100毫克,0.087毫莫耳)溶於THF(8毫升)中 之溶液中添加Cu20 (觸媒)、異氰基乙酸乙酯(13.8毫克, 0-122毫莫耳)及菲咯啉(3.1毫克,0·017毫莫耳)。將該反應 物置於密閉管中並加熱至80°C持續2小時,然後冷卻至室 溫。濃縮該反應物並藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:50-100% EtOAc於庚烷中);第二管柱:(梯度洗脫·· 〇·ι〇% MeOH於 • DCM中)實施純化以提供咪唑-酯36。LCMS : Rt 1.62分 鐘,[M+2H]+ 1262。 步驟4 : 向咪唑36溶於MeOH(8毫升)及H20(2毫升)中之溶液中添 加NaOH (固體,10毫克,0.25毫莫耳)並將該反應物加熱 至40°C持續12小時。將該反應物冷卻至室溫並濃縮至乾燥 狀態。藉由HPLC (梯度洗脫:45-55%乙腈於H20中及0.1% TFA)最後純化產生3毫克呈TFA鹽之37。LCMS : Rt 1.13分 籲鐘,[M+H]+ 1 191。 實例26,咪唑(38)之製備:Step 1 : To a suspension of boc-amine 4 (800 mg, 0.647 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added HCl (gas, stream) for 20 min. The reaction was applied to the reaction and the mixture was disturbed for 30 minutes. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and used in the next step without further purification. The residue was suspended in DCM (150 mL) and a solution of formic acid in &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt; The crude amylamine (34) was concentrated to dryness and stored at 4 hours for 4 hours. LCMS: Rt 1.46 min, [M+H] + 1166. Step 2: Add DIPEA (1 ml ' 5.74 mmol) and hydrazine (: 13 (1 〇〇 microliter) to the suspension of the intermediate medramine (34 '670 mg) in DCM (100 mL) ' 1.27 millimolar The reaction was stirred for 3 minutes at room temperature and a second portion of DIPEA (1 mL, 5.74 mmol) and p〇Cl3 (1 μL, 1.27 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for a further 3 hrs and then concentrated to EtOAc (EtOAc: EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc) 35) LCMS: Rt 1.72 min, [Μ] 1148. Step 3: Add Cu20 (catalyst) to a solution of isonitrile (35, 100 mg, 0.087 mmol) dissolved in THF (8 mL) Ethyl cyanoacetate (13.8 mg, 0-122 mmol) and phenanthroline (3.1 mg, 0. 017 mmol). The reaction was placed in a closed tube and heated to 80 ° C for 2 hours. It was then cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated and purified by flash chromatography (gradient elution: 50-100% EtOAc in heptane); second column: (gradient elution · · 〇·ι Purification with % MeOH in DCM to provide the imidazole-ester 36. LCMS: Rt 1.62 min, [M+2H] + 1262. Step 4: Toluene 36 in MeOH (8 mL) and H20 (2 mL) NaOH (solid, 10 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction was heated to 40 ° C for 12 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and concentrated to dryness. Deprotection: 45-55% acetonitrile in H20 and 0.1% TFA). The final purification yielded 3 mg of TFA salt. LCMS: Rt 1.13 min, [M+H] + 1 191. Example 26, imidazole (38) Preparation:

(38) 121012.doc -138- 1342310 步驟1 : 向粗咪唑37(180毫克’ 0.151毫莫耳)存於DCM(10毫升) 及°比啶(500微升)中之懸浮液中添加PS-DCC(0.453毫莫耳) 及胺基-乙酸甲基酯(20毫克,0.227毫莫耳)。在室溫下將 該反應物攪拌48小時且隨後加熱至40°C持續2小時。將殘 餘物濃縮至石夕膠上並藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:50-1 00% EtOAc於庚烷中)實施純化以產生77毫克甲基酯中間體。 LCMS : Rt 1.35 分鐘,[M+H]+ 1262。 步驟2 : 將該甲基酯(77毫克,0_061毫莫耳)懸浮於MeOH (5毫升) 及H20(1毫升)中並添加NaOH (固體,40毫克,1.00毫莫 耳)。在室溫下將該反應物攪拌12小時且隨後濃縮至矽膠 上藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:0-10% MeOH於DCM中+ 0.1% 乙酸)純化以產生4.2毫克咪唑酸38 » LCMS : Rt 1.18分鐘, [M+2H]+ 1249 〇 實例26,咪唑(39)之製備:(38) 121012.doc -138- 1342310 Step 1: Add PS- to the suspension of crude imidazole 37 (180 mg '0.151 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and pyridine (500 μl) DCC (0.453 mmol) and amino-acetic acid methyl ester (20 mg, 0.227 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and then heated to 40 °C for 2 hours. The residue was concentrated onto EtOAc and purified by flash chromatography ( gradient eluting: 50-1 EtOAc EtOAc LCMS: Rt 1.35 min, [M+H] + 1262. Step 2: The methyl ester (77 mg, 0_061 mmol) was suspended in MeOH (5 mL) and H20 (1 mL) and NaOH (solid, 40 mg, 1.00 mM). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h and then concentrated to EtOAc (EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc:EtOAc : Rt 1.18 min, [M+2H] + 1249 〇 Example 26, Preparation of imidazole (39):

步驟1 : 121012.doc -139· 1342310 向粗味唑酸37 (276毫克,0.232毫莫耳)存於DCM (20毫 升)及。比咬(1.0毫升)中之懸浮液中添加PS-DCC(0.695毫莫 耳)及(R)-nt咯啶-2-甲酸甲基酯(60毫克,〇·463毫莫耳)。 攪拌該反應物並加熱至40°C持續24小時。將該反應物濃縮 至石夕膠上並藉由急驟層析(梯度洗脫:〇_5% MeOH於DCM 中)實施純化(兩次)以產生170毫克曱基酯中間體。LCMS : Rt 1.45分鐘,[m+2H]+ 1303。 步驟2 : 將該甲基酯(170毫克,1.305毫莫耳)懸浮於MeOH(10毫 升)中並添加H20(2毫升)及NaOH (固體,40毫克,1.00毫 莫耳)。在室溫下將該反應物攪拌1 8小時然後加熱至40 °C 持續12小時。將該反應物裝載至矽膠上藉由急驟層析(梯 度洗脫:(MO% MeOH於DCM中)純化隨後HPLC純化(梯度 洗脫:40-60%乙腈於H20中及0.1% TFA)以產生5毫克味唾 酸 39。LCMS : Rt 1.11 分鐘,[M+H]+ 1288。 生物結果: 使用上文所述標準MIC測試及細菌糞腸球菌(Enterococcus faecalis)、糞腸球菌(Enterococcus faecium)或金黃色葡萄 球菌,化合物 5-7、9、11、13、15-17、19-21、23-25、 27-33、37-39展示出介於0.00 10微克/毫升至128微克/毫升 之間之最小抑制濃度。 等效項 彼等熟習此項技術者僅使用常規實驗即可瞭解或能確定 本文所述具體實施例及方法之許多等效項。該等等效項皆 • 140- 12l012.doc 1342310Step 1: 121012.doc -139· 1342310 To a crude succinic acid 37 (276 mg, 0.232 mmol) in DCM (20 mL). PS-DCC (0.695 mmol) and (R)-nt-rrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl ester (60 mg, 463·463 mmol) were added to the suspension in the bite (1.0 ml). The reaction was stirred and heated to 40 °C for 24 hours. The reaction was concentrated to EtOAc (EtOAc) elute elute elute LCMS: Rt 1.45 min, [m+2H] + 1303. Step 2: The methyl ester (170 mg, 1.305 mmol) was suspended in MeOH (10 mL) and H20 (2 mL) and NaOH (solid, 40 mg, 1.00 mM). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then heated to 40 °C for 12 hours. The reaction was loaded onto silica gel by flash chromatography (gradient elution: (MO% MeOH in DCM)) followed by HPLC (gradient elution: 40-60% acetonitrile in H20 and 0.1% TFA). 5 mg of succinic acid 39. LCMS: Rt 1.11 min, [M+H] + 1288. Biological results: using the standard MIC test described above and Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium or Staphylococcus aureus, compounds 5-7, 9, 11, 13, 15-17, 19-21, 23-25, 27-33, 37-39 exhibit between 0.00 10 μg/ml and 128 μg/ml The minimum inhibitory concentration between the two. Equivalents Those skilled in the art will be able to understand or determine many equivalents of the specific embodiments and methods described herein using only routine experimentation. The equivalents are all: 140- 12l012 .doc 1342310

意欲涵蓋於下列申請專利範圍之範圍内。 以引用方式併入 因此,所有專利、已公佈之專利申請案及本文所述其他 參考文獻之整個内容皆以其整體引用方式明確併入本文 中〇 121012.doc • 141 ·It is intended to be included within the scope of the following claims. Incorporation by Reference Therefore, the entire contents of all patents, published patent applications, and other references cited herein are hereby expressly incorporated by reference in their entirety in their entirety in

Claims (1)

13423101342310 第096119338號專利申請案 中文申請專利範圍替換本(99年11月) 十、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種式VII之化合物: RPatent Application No. 096119338 Chinese Patent Application Substitution (November, 1999) X. Patent Application Range: 1. A compound of formula VII: R VII 及其醫藥上可接受之鹽; 其中 R係選自由Ν(Ι^)2及l^Rb-A-G-Q-J組成之群; A係一鍵結或選自由下列組成之群:-&lt;:(0)-、-(:(0)(:(0)-、-C(0)0-、-C(0)N(R8a)-、-S(0)2-、-S(0)-、、-S(0)2N(R8a)_ 、-S(0)N(R8a)-、-C(=NR8)N(R8a)-、-C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)-、-C(=NR8)-、-C=C-C(0)-、-C=C-C(0)0-、-C=C-C(0)N(R8a)-; G不存在、選自由下列組成之群:-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-' -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- &gt; -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x- 121012-991110.doc H42310 〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y•及-,或 者選自由-(環烷基)-、-(雜環)_、·(芳基)_及_(雜芳基)_組 成之群’其每一個皆具有0-4個取代基’其中環烷基包含 3至10個碳原子; Q不存在、選自由-C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-、-C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-C(R&gt;C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- ^ -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y-及-(:(〇ΗΝ(Μ3Η(:(ι^)(ν)Κ}ρ-組成之群,或者選自由 下列組成之群:-(環烧基)_、_(雜環)_、_(芳基)_、_(雜芳 基)-、-c(o)-(環烷基)·、_c(〇h雜環)-、-c(o)-(芳基)· 及-C(0)-(雜芳基)-,其每一個皆具有〇_4個取代基,其中 環烷基包含3至10個碳原子; J係選自由下列組成之群·· Η、Cl 4烷基、鹵素、Cl.4烷 氧基、經基、胺基、單-及二-Cl 4烷基胺基、三Cl_4烷基 敍、烷基、c〇2H、C(=〇)N(R8a)2、 CH2C02H、CH2C(=0)N(R8a)2、CCVCm烷基、C(0)C卜4 烧基、P(0)(0H)2、PiOMO-Cw 烷基)2、c0.4伸烷基-(環 烧基)及CG_4伸院基-(雜環),該雜環可經取代0-4次,其 中環烷基包含3至10個碳原子; Ra係選自由下列組成之群:Η、烷基、F、C02H、 C02-烷基、-N(R 丨)2 ',〇R 丨、_(ch2)0.4-J 及-R4b,其中烷基 包含1至10個碳原子; Rb係選自由Η、烷基及F組成之群,其中烷基包含1至 10個碳原子; ρ為0、1、2或3 ; 121012-991110.doc 1342310 χ及y每次出現時各自獨立地選自介於〇1〇之間之整 數; R母次出現時獨立地選自、經J取代之炫基及rC, 其中烷基包含1至10個碳原子; 尺“係選自由烷基及_(CH2_CH2_〇_)n_R9組成之群其中 η係下列之整數:moo、!,〇〇〇、2 〇〇〇、3 〇〇〇、4 〇〇()、 5.000、 10,_、20,_、30,_、40,_、5〇,_或 60,000或者係數個如下數值之整數之平均值:、 1,〇〇〇、2,000、3,000、4 000、5 〇〇〇、1〇 〇〇〇、、 30.000、 40,_、5〇,_或6〇,_,其中烧基包含以^ 個碳原子; ll-6院暴 R係選自由下列組成之群:H ' CN、Ν〇 C3-7環烧基及S〇2-CN6烷基;及 R不存在、或者選自由下列組成之群C丨-6烷 基、c3-7環烧基、經J取代之C| 6院基及R4b,或者兩個R8a 殘基=合在-起可形成具有3至7個環原子之飽和、不飽 和或芳香族環,該環可經取代〇4次。 2.如請求項1之化合物, Α-G-Q-J—起形成η,或者一 ^ 飞者起形成選自由下列組成之M 之官能基團: 又艾鮮VII and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein R is selected from the group consisting of Ν(Ι^)2 and l^Rb-AGQJ; A is a linkage or is selected from the group consisting of: -&lt;:(0 )-, -(:(0)(:(0)-, -C(0)0-, -C(0)N(R8a)-, -S(0)2-, -S(0)-, , -S(0)2N(R8a)_, -S(0)N(R8a)-, -C(=NR8)N(R8a)-, -C(=NR8)N(R8a)C(0)- , -C(=NR8)-, -C=CC(0)-, -C=CC(0)0-, -C=CC(0)N(R8a)-; G does not exist, is selected from the following consisting of Group: -[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-' -[C(Ra)(Rb)]xC(Ra)=C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- &gt; -[ C(Ra)(Rb)]x-121012-991110.doc H42310 〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y• and -, or selected from -(cycloalkyl)-, -(heterocyclic)_, · (aryl)_ and _(heteroaryl)_ group of groups 'each of which has 0-4 substituents' wherein the cycloalkyl group contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms; Q is absent, selected from -C (0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-, -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]xC(R&gt;C(Ra)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y - ^ -C(0)-[C(Ra)(Rb)]x-〇-[C(Ra)(Rb)]y- and -(:(〇ΗΝ(Μ3Η(:(ι^)(ν) Κ}ρ-group of groups, or selected from the group consisting of: -(cycloalkyl)_, _(heterocyclic)_, _(aryl)_, _(heteroaryl)- , -c(o)-(cycloalkyl)·, _c(〇h heterocycle)-, -c(o)-(aryl)· and -C(0)-(heteroaryl)-, each of which One has 〇4 substituents, wherein the cycloalkyl group contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms; J is selected from the group consisting of Η, Cl 4 alkyl, halogen, Cl. 4 alkoxy, thiol , Amino, mono- and di-Cl 4 alkylamino, triCl 4 alkyl, alkyl, c〇2H, C(=〇)N(R8a)2, CH2C02H, CH2C(=0)N(R8a 2, CCVCm alkyl, C(0)CBu 4 alkyl, P(0)(0H)2, PiOMO-Cw alkyl)2, c0.4 alkyl-(cycloalkyl) and CG_4 a base-(heterocyclic ring) which may be substituted 0-4 times, wherein the cycloalkyl group contains 3 to 10 carbon atoms; the Ra system is selected from the group consisting of hydrazine, alkyl, F, CO 2 H, C02- An alkyl group, -N(R 丨) 2 ', 〇R 丨, _(ch2)0.4-J and -R4b, wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms; and Rb is selected from the group consisting of ruthenium, alkyl and F. a group wherein the alkyl group contains from 1 to 10 carbon atoms; ρ is 0, 1, 2 or 3; 121012-991110.doc 1342310 y and y are each independently selected from an integer between 〇1〇 ; R mother occurrence is independently selected from And a substituted C group and rC, wherein the alkyl group contains 1 to 10 carbon atoms; the ruler is selected from the group consisting of alkyl and _(CH2_CH2_〇_)n_R9 wherein η is the following integer: moo, ! , 〇〇〇, 2 〇〇〇, 3 〇〇〇, 4 〇〇 (), 5.000, 10, _, 20, _, 30, _, 40, _, 5 〇, _ or 60,000 or the following values The average of the integers: 1, 〇〇〇, 2,000, 3,000, 4 000, 5 〇〇〇, 1 〇〇〇〇, 30.000, 40, _, 5 〇, _ or 6 〇, _, which burns The base contains ^ carbon atoms; ll-6 yard burst R is selected from the group consisting of H ' CN, Ν〇C3-7 cycloalkyl and S〇2-CN6 alkyl; and R does not exist, or choose Free of the following composition group C丨-6 alkyl, c3-7 cycloalkyl, J substituted C| 6 fen and R4b, or two R8a residues = merging can form 3 to 7 rings A saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring of an atom which can be substituted 4 times. 2. The compound of claim 1, Α-G-Q-J, to form η, or a flyer to form a functional group selected from M consisting of: -tR#N(R»).A.G-Q.j, R»#h 121012-991110.doc 1342310-tR#N(R»).A.G-Q.j, R»#h 121012-991110.doc 1342310 121012-991110.doc -4- 1342310121012-991110.doc -4- 1342310 121012-991110.doc 1342310121012-991110.doc 1342310 3.如請求項1之化合物,其中R係MR^A-G-Q-J,R1係Η且 A-G-Q-J —起形成選自由下列組成之群之官能基團: ^^r13 〜〇、r13 〜K、r13 /、卜 r13 /、!K、r133. The compound of claim 1, wherein R is MR^AGQJ, R1 is Η and AGQJ together forms a functional group selected from the group consisting of: ^^r13 〇, r13 〜K, r13 /, r13 /,!K, r13 其中R13係選自由氫、羥基曱基及胺基曱基組成之群或者 選自由下列組成之群:Wherein R13 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxyindenyl and aminoguanidino groups or selected from the group consisting of: 121012-991110.doc -6- 1342310121012-991110.doc -6- 1342310 121012-991110.doc 1342310121012-991110.doc 1342310 η係下歹,J 之整數:1-500、1,000、2,000、3,000、4,000、 5.000、 10,000、20,000、30,000 ' 40,000、50,000 或 60,000或者係數個如下數值之整數的平均值:1-500、 1.000、 2,000、3,000、4,000、5,000、10,000 ' 20,000 ' 30.000、 40,000、50,000或 60,000 ° 4.如請求項1之化合物,其中A係C(O)、C(0)0或C(0)NH ; G係C 4 - 7壞烧基, Q不存在;且 J係C02H或COAw烷基。 5. —種化合物,其選自由下列組成之群: 121012-991110.doc 1342310Η-system 歹, integer of J: 1-500, 1,000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5.000, 10,000, 20,000, 30,000 '40,000, 50,000 or 60,000 or an average of the integers of the following values: 1-500, 1.000 , 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 10,000 '20,000 ' 30.000, 40,000, 50,000 or 60,000 ° 4. The compound of claim 1, wherein A is C(O), C(0)0 or C(0)NH; G is a C 4-7 bad burn group, Q is absent; and J is CO 2 H or COA w alkyl. 5. A compound selected from the group consisting of: 121012-991110.doc 1342310 /=Γί/=Γί 121012-991110.doc 1342310121012-991110.doc 1342310 121012-991110.doc -10- 1342310121012-991110.doc -10- 1342310 1210l2-991110.doc 13423101210l2-991110.doc 1342310 121012-991110.doc -12- 1342310121012-991110.doc -12- 1342310 121012-991110.doc -13- 1342310121012-991110.doc -13- 1342310 οο P—OH IIP-OH II 121012-991110.doc 14 1342310121012-991110.doc 14 1342310 121012-9911I0.doc 15 1342310121012-9911I0.doc 15 1342310 OHOH 121012-991U0.doc • 16- 1342310121012-991U0.doc • 16- 1342310 121012-991110.doc 17 —1342310121012-991110.doc 17 —1342310 0\0\ OHOH f=(f=( 121012-991110.doc -18- 1342310121012-991110.doc -18- 1342310 及 6. 一種如請求項1之化合物之用途,其係用於製造治療細 菌感染用之藥劑。 7. —種如請求項1之化合物之用途,其係用於製造治療、 121012-991110.doc -19- B42310 却制或預防EF-Tu活性用之藥劑。 8. 一種如請求項1之化合物之用途,其係用於製造治療痤 ' ’瘡之藥劑。 9. 一種醫藥組合物,其包括如請求項1之化合物及至少一 種醫藥上可接受之載劑或稀釋劑。 121012-991110.doc -20-And 6. Use of a compound according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of bacterial infections. 7. Use of a compound according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament, 121012-991110.doc -19-B42310 for the manufacture or prevention of EF-Tu activity. 8. Use of a compound according to claim 1 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a sore. 9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. 121012-991110.doc -20-
TW096119338A 2006-05-31 2007-05-30 Aminothiazoles and their uses TWI342310B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US80969306P 2006-05-31 2006-05-31

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200811189A TW200811189A (en) 2008-03-01
TWI342310B true TWI342310B (en) 2011-05-21

Family

ID=38645676

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096119338A TWI342310B (en) 2006-05-31 2007-05-30 Aminothiazoles and their uses
TW099141102A TW201107337A (en) 2006-05-31 2007-05-30 Aminothiazoles and their uses

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099141102A TW201107337A (en) 2006-05-31 2007-05-30 Aminothiazoles and their uses

Country Status (31)

Country Link
US (2) US7851439B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2044101B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5351014B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101061658B1 (en)
CN (2) CN102399260B (en)
AR (1) AR060977A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2007255025B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0711885A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2650133A1 (en)
CL (1) CL2007001542A1 (en)
CR (1) CR10430A (en)
DK (1) DK2044101T3 (en)
EC (1) ECSP088922A (en)
ES (1) ES2441993T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20140055T1 (en)
IL (1) IL194880A (en)
MA (1) MA30485B1 (en)
MX (1) MX2008015216A (en)
MY (1) MY146920A (en)
NO (1) NO20085032L (en)
NZ (1) NZ572154A (en)
PE (2) PE20080103A1 (en)
PL (1) PL2044101T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2044101E (en)
RU (1) RU2450015C2 (en)
SI (1) SI2044101T1 (en)
TN (1) TNSN08496A1 (en)
TW (2) TWI342310B (en)
UA (1) UA95627C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2007142986A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200808449B (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AR060977A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2008-07-23 Novartis Ag AMINOTIAZOLES AND ITS USES
ATE500259T1 (en) * 2006-12-20 2011-03-15 Novartis Ag AMINOTHIAZOLE MACROCYCLES, THEIR USE AS ANTIBACTERIAL COMPOUNDS AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
MX2009013214A (en) * 2007-06-04 2010-01-15 Novartis Ag Macrocycles and their uses.
AU2012261611B2 (en) * 2007-12-12 2014-05-15 Novartis Ag Aminothiazoles and their uses
ES2542878T3 (en) * 2007-12-12 2015-08-12 Novartis Ag A derivative of aminothiazole as an antibacterial agent
WO2014167371A1 (en) * 2013-04-12 2014-10-16 Naicons S.C.A.R.L. Analogs of the antibiotic aminothiazole ge2270
CN106366168B (en) * 2016-08-26 2020-09-15 上海交通大学 Preparation method of lanthiopeptide antibacterial peptide and its dehydroderivative
CN107243008B (en) * 2017-04-13 2021-03-30 中国科学院广州生物医药与健康研究院 New application of pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine compounds and a composition for treating Mycobacterium abscessus infection
CN113219078B (en) * 2021-03-25 2022-12-16 广东产品质量监督检验研究院(国家质量技术监督局广州电气安全检验所、广东省试验认证研究院、华安实验室) Rapid screening method for 17 organic antibacterial agents in household paper products

Family Cites Families (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5202241A (en) 1988-09-09 1993-04-13 Gruppo Lepetit S.P.A. Antibiotic GE 2270
ATE117724T1 (en) 1989-07-04 1995-02-15 Lepetit Spa ANTIBIOTIC GE 22270, FACTORS A1,A2,A3 AND H.
ES2071143T3 (en) 1990-03-08 1995-06-16 Lepetit Spa FACTORS B1, B2, C1, C2, D1, D2, E AND T OF THE ANTIBIOTIC GE 2270.
IL100572A (en) * 1991-01-03 1997-01-10 Lepetit Spa Amides of antibiotic ge 2270 factors their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
EP0529410B1 (en) 1991-08-30 1998-02-25 Biosearch Italia S.p.A. Antibiotic GE 2270 factor C2a
US5882900A (en) 1992-09-10 1999-03-16 Gruppo Lepetit S.P.A. Process for the selective increase of production of antibiotic GE 2270 factor a by adding vitamin B12 to nutrient medium
DE69317058T2 (en) 1992-12-22 1998-06-10 Biosearch Italia Spa THE ANTIBIOTICS GE 37468 A, B AND C
AU3805295A (en) 1994-11-08 1996-05-31 Gruppo Lepetit S.P.A. Microbial transformation process for obtaining antibiotic ge 2270 factor d2
DE69600244T2 (en) 1995-02-07 1998-10-01 Biosearch Italia Spa BASIC PROLINAMIDE DERIVATIVES OF GE2270 AND GE2270 LIGHT ANTIBIOTICS
DK0808326T3 (en) 1995-02-07 2001-10-01 Biosearch Italia Spa Basic oxazolinamide derivatives of GE2270 and GE2270-like antibiotics
JP2000505438A (en) 1996-02-14 2000-05-09 バイオサーチ・イタリア・ソチエタ・ペル・アチオニ Derivatives of antibiotic GE2270 factor C 2a, D 2 and E
JPH1059997A (en) * 1996-08-22 1998-03-03 Microbial Chem Res Found Amitiamycinamide derivative
EP1553967B1 (en) 2002-06-17 2011-05-18 NAICONS s.c.a.r.l. Use of amide derivative of ge 2270 factor a3 for the treatment of acne
CA2580882A1 (en) 2004-09-22 2006-08-17 Merck & Co., Inc. Antibiotic compound
AR060977A1 (en) 2006-05-31 2008-07-23 Novartis Ag AMINOTIAZOLES AND ITS USES
ES2542878T3 (en) * 2007-12-12 2015-08-12 Novartis Ag A derivative of aminothiazole as an antibacterial agent

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ECSP088922A (en) 2008-12-30
TW200811189A (en) 2008-03-01
EP2322536A3 (en) 2011-11-30
RU2008150785A (en) 2010-07-10
US20080221142A1 (en) 2008-09-11
TW201107337A (en) 2011-03-01
KR101061658B1 (en) 2011-09-01
TNSN08496A1 (en) 2010-04-14
HRP20140055T1 (en) 2014-02-14
HK1127614A1 (en) 2009-10-02
RU2450015C2 (en) 2012-05-10
EP2322536A2 (en) 2011-05-18
JP5351014B2 (en) 2013-11-27
WO2007142986A2 (en) 2007-12-13
PE20121011A1 (en) 2012-08-25
NZ572154A (en) 2011-12-22
CN101454337A (en) 2009-06-10
BRPI0711885A2 (en) 2012-03-06
AU2007255025B2 (en) 2011-07-14
CN102399260B (en) 2015-04-15
NO20085032L (en) 2008-12-16
CN102399260A (en) 2012-04-04
WO2007142986A3 (en) 2008-04-10
AU2007255025A1 (en) 2007-12-13
ES2441993T3 (en) 2014-02-07
MY146920A (en) 2012-10-15
EP2044101A2 (en) 2009-04-08
ZA200808449B (en) 2014-12-23
PL2044101T3 (en) 2014-03-31
KR20090006869A (en) 2009-01-15
PE20080103A1 (en) 2008-04-03
AR060977A1 (en) 2008-07-23
EP2044101B1 (en) 2013-10-09
US20100267757A1 (en) 2010-10-21
PT2044101E (en) 2014-01-03
IL194880A0 (en) 2011-08-01
JP2009538914A (en) 2009-11-12
CR10430A (en) 2009-01-15
UA95627C2 (en) 2011-08-25
MA30485B1 (en) 2009-06-01
US7851439B2 (en) 2010-12-14
CL2007001542A1 (en) 2008-03-14
CA2650133A1 (en) 2007-12-13
IL194880A (en) 2015-02-26
MX2008015216A (en) 2008-12-12
DK2044101T3 (en) 2014-01-13
SI2044101T1 (en) 2014-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI342310B (en) Aminothiazoles and their uses
US8691756B2 (en) Macrocycles and their uses
JP5286366B2 (en) Aminothiazoles and uses thereof
US20140315790A1 (en) Aminothiazoles and their uses
HK1127614B (en) Aminothiazole derivatives and their uses as antibacterial agents
HK1156324A (en) Aminothiazole derivatives and their uses as antibacterial agents

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees